| 1 | '\" t |
|---|
| 2 | .\" $XTermId: xterm.man,v 1.408 2008/04/20 21:16:40 tom Exp $ |
|---|
| 3 | .\" |
|---|
| 4 | .\" Copyright 1996-2007,2008 by Thomas E. Dickey |
|---|
| 5 | .\" |
|---|
| 6 | .\" All Rights Reserved |
|---|
| 7 | .\" |
|---|
| 8 | .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a |
|---|
| 9 | .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the |
|---|
| 10 | .\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including |
|---|
| 11 | .\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, |
|---|
| 12 | .\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to |
|---|
| 13 | .\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to |
|---|
| 14 | .\" the following conditions: |
|---|
| 15 | .\" |
|---|
| 16 | .\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included |
|---|
| 17 | .\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. |
|---|
| 18 | .\" |
|---|
| 19 | .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS |
|---|
| 20 | .\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF |
|---|
| 21 | .\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. |
|---|
| 22 | .\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY |
|---|
| 23 | .\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, |
|---|
| 24 | .\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE |
|---|
| 25 | .\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. |
|---|
| 26 | .\" |
|---|
| 27 | .\" Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright |
|---|
| 28 | .\" holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the |
|---|
| 29 | .\" sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written |
|---|
| 30 | .\" authorization. |
|---|
| 31 | .\" |
|---|
| 32 | .\" |
|---|
| 33 | .\" Copyright 1989 The Open Group |
|---|
| 34 | .\" |
|---|
| 35 | .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its |
|---|
| 36 | .\" documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that |
|---|
| 37 | .\" the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that |
|---|
| 38 | .\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting |
|---|
| 39 | .\" documentation. |
|---|
| 40 | .\" |
|---|
| 41 | .\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included |
|---|
| 42 | .\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. |
|---|
| 43 | .\" |
|---|
| 44 | .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS |
|---|
| 45 | .\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF |
|---|
| 46 | .\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. |
|---|
| 47 | .\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR |
|---|
| 48 | .\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, |
|---|
| 49 | .\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR |
|---|
| 50 | .\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. |
|---|
| 51 | .\" |
|---|
| 52 | .\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall |
|---|
| 53 | .\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or |
|---|
| 54 | .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization |
|---|
| 55 | .\" from The Open Group. |
|---|
| 56 | .\" |
|---|
| 57 | .\" updated by Thomas E. Dickey for XFree86, July 1996 - February 2006. |
|---|
| 58 | . |
|---|
| 59 | .de DS |
|---|
| 60 | .sp |
|---|
| 61 | .in +4 |
|---|
| 62 | .nf |
|---|
| 63 | .ft C \" Courier |
|---|
| 64 | .. |
|---|
| 65 | .de DE |
|---|
| 66 | .fi |
|---|
| 67 | .ft P |
|---|
| 68 | .sp |
|---|
| 69 | .in -4 |
|---|
| 70 | .. |
|---|
| 71 | .TH XTERM 1 __vendorversion__ |
|---|
| 72 | .SH NAME |
|---|
| 73 | xterm \- terminal emulator for X |
|---|
| 74 | .SH SYNOPSIS |
|---|
| 75 | .B xterm |
|---|
| 76 | [-\fItoolkitoption\fP ...] [-\fIoption\fP ...] [\fIshell\fP] |
|---|
| 77 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
|---|
| 78 | The \fIxterm\fP program is a terminal emulator for the X Window System. |
|---|
| 79 | It provides DEC VT102/VT220 (VTxxx) and Tektronix 4014 |
|---|
| 80 | compatible terminals for programs that cannot |
|---|
| 81 | use the window system directly. |
|---|
| 82 | If the underlying operating system supports |
|---|
| 83 | terminal resizing capabilities (for example, the SIGWINCH signal in systems |
|---|
| 84 | derived from 4.3bsd), \fIxterm\fP will use the facilities to notify programs |
|---|
| 85 | running in the window whenever it is resized. |
|---|
| 86 | . |
|---|
| 87 | .PP |
|---|
| 88 | The VTxxx and Tektronix 4014 terminals each have their own window so that you |
|---|
| 89 | can edit text in one and look at graphics in the other at the same time. |
|---|
| 90 | To maintain the correct aspect ratio (height/width), Tektronix graphics will |
|---|
| 91 | be restricted to the largest box with a 4014's aspect ratio that will fit in |
|---|
| 92 | the window. |
|---|
| 93 | This box is located in the upper left area of the window. |
|---|
| 94 | . |
|---|
| 95 | .PP |
|---|
| 96 | Although both windows may be displayed at the same time, one of them is |
|---|
| 97 | considered the ``active'' window for receiving keyboard input and terminal |
|---|
| 98 | output. |
|---|
| 99 | This is the window that contains the text cursor. |
|---|
| 100 | The active window can be chosen through escape sequences, |
|---|
| 101 | the ``VT Options'' menu in the VTxxx window, and the ``Tek Options'' |
|---|
| 102 | menu in the 4014 window. |
|---|
| 103 | . |
|---|
| 104 | .SH EMULATIONS |
|---|
| 105 | The VT102 emulation is fairly complete, but does not support |
|---|
| 106 | autorepeat. |
|---|
| 107 | Double-size characters are displayed properly if your font server supports |
|---|
| 108 | scalable fonts. |
|---|
| 109 | The VT220 emulation does not support soft fonts, it is otherwise complete. |
|---|
| 110 | .IR Termcap (5) |
|---|
| 111 | entries that work with |
|---|
| 112 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 113 | include |
|---|
| 114 | an optional platform-specific entry, |
|---|
| 115 | ``xterm,'' ``vt102,'' ``vt100'' and ``ansi,'' and ``dumb.'' |
|---|
| 116 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 117 | automatically searches the termcap file in this order for these entries and then |
|---|
| 118 | sets the ``TERM'' and the ``TERMCAP'' environment variables. |
|---|
| 119 | You may also use ``vt220,'' but must set the terminal emulation level |
|---|
| 120 | with the \fBdecTerminalID\fP resource. |
|---|
| 121 | (The ``TERMCAP'' environment variable is not set if \fIxterm\fP is linked |
|---|
| 122 | against a terminfo library, since the requisite information is not provided |
|---|
| 123 | by the termcap emulation of terminfo libraries). |
|---|
| 124 | . |
|---|
| 125 | .PP |
|---|
| 126 | Many of the special |
|---|
| 127 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 128 | features may be modified under program control |
|---|
| 129 | through a set of escape sequences different from the standard VT102 escape |
|---|
| 130 | sequences. |
|---|
| 131 | (See the |
|---|
| 132 | .I "Xterm Control Sequences" |
|---|
| 133 | document.) |
|---|
| 134 | . |
|---|
| 135 | .PP |
|---|
| 136 | The Tektronix 4014 emulation is also fairly good. |
|---|
| 137 | It supports 12-bit graphics addressing, scaled to the window size. |
|---|
| 138 | Four different font sizes and five different lines types are supported. |
|---|
| 139 | There is no write-through or defocused mode support. |
|---|
| 140 | The Tektronix text and graphics commands are recorded internally by |
|---|
| 141 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 142 | and may be written to a file by sending the COPY escape sequence (or through |
|---|
| 143 | the |
|---|
| 144 | .B Tektronix |
|---|
| 145 | menu; see below). |
|---|
| 146 | The name of the file will be |
|---|
| 147 | ``\fBCOPY\fIyyyy\fB-\fIMM\fB-\fIdd\fB.\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR'', where |
|---|
| 148 | .IR yyyy , |
|---|
| 149 | .IR MM , |
|---|
| 150 | .IR dd , |
|---|
| 151 | .IR hh , |
|---|
| 152 | .I mm |
|---|
| 153 | and |
|---|
| 154 | .I ss |
|---|
| 155 | are the year, month, day, hour, minute and second when the COPY was performed |
|---|
| 156 | (the file is created in the directory |
|---|
| 157 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 158 | is started in, or the home directory for a login |
|---|
| 159 | .IR xterm ). |
|---|
| 160 | . |
|---|
| 161 | .PP |
|---|
| 162 | Not all of the features described in this manual are necessarily available in |
|---|
| 163 | this version of \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 164 | Some (e.g., the non-VT220 extensions) are available |
|---|
| 165 | only if they were compiled in, though the most commonly-used are in the |
|---|
| 166 | default configuration. |
|---|
| 167 | . |
|---|
| 168 | .SH "OTHER FEATURES" |
|---|
| 169 | .I Xterm |
|---|
| 170 | automatically highlights the text cursor when the |
|---|
| 171 | pointer enters the window (selected) and unhighlights it when the pointer |
|---|
| 172 | leaves the window (unselected). |
|---|
| 173 | If the window is the focus window, then the text cursor is |
|---|
| 174 | highlighted no matter where the pointer is. |
|---|
| 175 | . |
|---|
| 176 | .PP |
|---|
| 177 | In VT102 mode, there are escape sequences to activate and deactivate |
|---|
| 178 | an alternate screen buffer, which is the same size as the display area |
|---|
| 179 | of the window. |
|---|
| 180 | When activated, the current screen is saved and replaced with the alternate |
|---|
| 181 | screen. |
|---|
| 182 | Saving of lines scrolled off the top of the window is disabled until the |
|---|
| 183 | normal screen is restored. |
|---|
| 184 | The |
|---|
| 185 | .IR termcap (5) |
|---|
| 186 | entry for |
|---|
| 187 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 188 | allows the visual editor |
|---|
| 189 | .IR vi (1) |
|---|
| 190 | to switch to the alternate screen for editing and to restore the screen |
|---|
| 191 | on exit. |
|---|
| 192 | A popup menu entry makes it simple to switch between the normal and |
|---|
| 193 | alternate screens for cut and paste. |
|---|
| 194 | . |
|---|
| 195 | .PP |
|---|
| 196 | In either VT102 or Tektronix mode, there are escape sequences to change the |
|---|
| 197 | name of the windows. |
|---|
| 198 | Additionally, in VT102 mode, |
|---|
| 199 | \fIxterm\fP implements the window-manipulation control |
|---|
| 200 | sequences from \fIdtterm\fP, such as resizing the window, setting its location |
|---|
| 201 | on the screen. |
|---|
| 202 | . |
|---|
| 203 | .PP |
|---|
| 204 | .I Xterm |
|---|
| 205 | allows character-based applications to receive mouse events (currently |
|---|
| 206 | button-press and release events, and button-motion events) |
|---|
| 207 | as keyboard control sequences. |
|---|
| 208 | See \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP for details. |
|---|
| 209 | . |
|---|
| 210 | . |
|---|
| 211 | .SH OPTIONS |
|---|
| 212 | The \fIxterm\fP terminal emulator |
|---|
| 213 | accepts the standard X Toolkit command line options as well as |
|---|
| 214 | many application-specific options. |
|---|
| 215 | If the option begins with a |
|---|
| 216 | .RB ` + ' |
|---|
| 217 | instead of a |
|---|
| 218 | .RB ` - ', |
|---|
| 219 | the option is restored to its default value. |
|---|
| 220 | The \fB-version\fP and \fB-help\fP options are interpreted even if \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 221 | cannot open the display, and are useful for testing and configuration scripts: |
|---|
| 222 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 223 | .B -version |
|---|
| 224 | This causes \fIxterm\fP to print a version number to the standard output. |
|---|
| 225 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 226 | .B -help |
|---|
| 227 | This causes \fIxterm\fP to print out a verbose message describing its options, |
|---|
| 228 | one per line. |
|---|
| 229 | The message is written to the standard output. |
|---|
| 230 | \fIXterm\fP generates this message, sorting it and noting whether |
|---|
| 231 | a "\fB-option\fP" |
|---|
| 232 | or a "\fB+option\fP" turns the feature on or off, |
|---|
| 233 | since some features historically have been one or the other. |
|---|
| 234 | \fIXterm\fP generates a concise help message (multiple options per line) |
|---|
| 235 | when an unknown option is used, e.g., |
|---|
| 236 | .RS |
|---|
| 237 | \fBxterm -z\fP |
|---|
| 238 | .RE |
|---|
| 239 | .IP |
|---|
| 240 | If the logic for a particular option such as logging is not compiled |
|---|
| 241 | into \fIxterm\fP, the help text for that option also is not displayed |
|---|
| 242 | by the \fB-help\fP option. |
|---|
| 243 | . |
|---|
| 244 | .PP |
|---|
| 245 | One parameter (after all options) may be given. |
|---|
| 246 | That overrides \fIxterm\fP's built-in choice of shell program. |
|---|
| 247 | Normally \fIxterm\fP checks the SHELL variable. |
|---|
| 248 | If that is not set, \fIxterm\fP tries to use the shell program specified |
|---|
| 249 | in the password file. |
|---|
| 250 | If that is not set, \fIxterm\fP uses \fI/bin/sh\fP. |
|---|
| 251 | If the parameter names an executable file, \fIxterm\fP uses that instead. |
|---|
| 252 | The parameter must be an absolute path, or name a file found on the user's |
|---|
| 253 | PATH (and thereby construct an absolute path). |
|---|
| 254 | The \fB-e\fP option cannot be used with this parameter since |
|---|
| 255 | it uses all parameters following the option. |
|---|
| 256 | .PP |
|---|
| 257 | The other options are used to control the appearance and behavior. |
|---|
| 258 | Not all options are necessarily configured into your copy of \fIxterm\fP: |
|---|
| 259 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 260 | .B -132 |
|---|
| 261 | Normally, the VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence that switches between 80 and |
|---|
| 262 | 132 column mode is ignored. |
|---|
| 263 | This option causes the DECCOLM escape sequence to be recognized, and the |
|---|
| 264 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 265 | window will resize appropriately. |
|---|
| 266 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 267 | .B -ah |
|---|
| 268 | This option indicates that |
|---|
| 269 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 270 | should always highlight the text cursor. |
|---|
| 271 | By default, |
|---|
| 272 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 273 | will display a hollow text cursor whenever the focus is lost or the |
|---|
| 274 | pointer leaves the window. |
|---|
| 275 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 276 | .B +ah |
|---|
| 277 | This option indicates that |
|---|
| 278 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 279 | should do text cursor highlighting based on focus. |
|---|
| 280 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 281 | .B -ai |
|---|
| 282 | This option disables active icon support if that feature was compiled |
|---|
| 283 | into \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 284 | This is equivalent to setting the \fIvt100\fP resource |
|---|
| 285 | \fBactiveIcon\fP to ``false''. |
|---|
| 286 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 287 | .B +ai |
|---|
| 288 | This option enables active icon support if that feature was compiled |
|---|
| 289 | into \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 290 | This is equivalent to setting the \fIvt100\fP resource |
|---|
| 291 | \fBactiveIcon\fP to ``true''. |
|---|
| 292 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 293 | .B -aw |
|---|
| 294 | This option indicates that auto-wraparound should be allowed. |
|---|
| 295 | This |
|---|
| 296 | allows the cursor to automatically wrap to the beginning of the next |
|---|
| 297 | line when it is at the rightmost position of a line and text is |
|---|
| 298 | output. |
|---|
| 299 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 300 | .B +aw |
|---|
| 301 | This option indicates that auto-wraparound should not be allowed. |
|---|
| 302 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 303 | .BI -b " number" |
|---|
| 304 | This option specifies the size of the inner border (the distance between |
|---|
| 305 | the outer edge of the characters and the window border) in pixels. |
|---|
| 306 | That is the \fIvt100\fP \fIinternalBorder\fP resource. |
|---|
| 307 | The |
|---|
| 308 | default is 2. |
|---|
| 309 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 310 | .B +bc |
|---|
| 311 | turn off text cursor blinking. |
|---|
| 312 | This overrides the \fBcursorBlink\fR resource. |
|---|
| 313 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 314 | .B -bc |
|---|
| 315 | turn on text cursor blinking. |
|---|
| 316 | This overrides the \fBcursorBlink\fR resource. |
|---|
| 317 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 318 | .BI -bcf " milliseconds" |
|---|
| 319 | set the amount of time text cursor is off when blinking via the |
|---|
| 320 | \fIcursorOffTime\fP resource. |
|---|
| 321 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 322 | .BI -bcn " milliseconds" |
|---|
| 323 | set the amount of time text cursor is on when blinking via the |
|---|
| 324 | \fIcursorOffTime\fP resource. |
|---|
| 325 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 326 | .B "-bdc" |
|---|
| 327 | Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcolorBDMode\fR to ``false'', |
|---|
| 328 | disabling the display of characters with bold attribute as color |
|---|
| 329 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 330 | .B "+bdc" |
|---|
| 331 | Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcolorBDMode\fR to ``true'', |
|---|
| 332 | enabling the display of characters with bold attribute as color |
|---|
| 333 | rather than bold |
|---|
| 334 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 335 | .B "-cb" |
|---|
| 336 | Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcutToBeginningOfLine\fP to ``false''. |
|---|
| 337 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 338 | .B "+cb" |
|---|
| 339 | Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcutToBeginningOfLine\fP to ``true''. |
|---|
| 340 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 341 | .B "-cc \fIcharacterclassrange\fP:\fIvalue\fP[,...]" |
|---|
| 342 | This sets classes indicated by the given ranges for using in selecting by |
|---|
| 343 | words. |
|---|
| 344 | See the section specifying character classes. |
|---|
| 345 | and discussion of the \fIcharClass\fP resource. |
|---|
| 346 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 347 | .B "-cjk_width" |
|---|
| 348 | Set the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource to ``true''. |
|---|
| 349 | When turned on, characters with East Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR 11 |
|---|
| 350 | have a column width of 2. |
|---|
| 351 | Otherwise, they have a column width of 1. |
|---|
| 352 | This may be useful for some legacy CJK text |
|---|
| 353 | terminal-based programs assuming box drawings and others to have a column |
|---|
| 354 | width of 2. |
|---|
| 355 | It also should be turned on when you specify a TrueType |
|---|
| 356 | CJK double-width (bi-width/monospace) font either with \fB-fa\fP at |
|---|
| 357 | the command line or \fBfaceName\fP resource. |
|---|
| 358 | The default is ``false'' |
|---|
| 359 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 360 | .B "+cjk_width" |
|---|
| 361 | Reset the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource. |
|---|
| 362 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 363 | .BI -class " string" |
|---|
| 364 | This option allows you to override \fIxterm\fP's resource class. |
|---|
| 365 | Normally it is ``XTerm'', but |
|---|
| 366 | can be set to another class such as ``UXTerm'' to override selected resources. |
|---|
| 367 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 368 | .B "-cm" |
|---|
| 369 | This option disables recognition of ANSI color-change escape sequences. |
|---|
| 370 | It sets the \fIcolorMode\fP resource to ``false''. |
|---|
| 371 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 372 | .B "+cm" |
|---|
| 373 | This option enables recognition of ANSI color-change escape sequences. |
|---|
| 374 | This is the same as the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcolorMode\fP. |
|---|
| 375 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 376 | .B "-cn" |
|---|
| 377 | This option indicates that newlines should not be cut in line-mode |
|---|
| 378 | selections. |
|---|
| 379 | It sets the \fIcutNewline\fP resource to ``false''. |
|---|
| 380 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 381 | .B +cn |
|---|
| 382 | This option indicates that newlines should be cut in line-mode selections. |
|---|
| 383 | It sets the \fIcutNewline\fP resource to ``true''. |
|---|
| 384 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 385 | .BI -cr " color" |
|---|
| 386 | This option specifies the color to use for text cursor. |
|---|
| 387 | The default is to |
|---|
| 388 | use the same foreground color that is used for text. |
|---|
| 389 | It sets the \fIcursorColor\fP resource according to the parameter. |
|---|
| 390 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 391 | .B -cu |
|---|
| 392 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should work around a bug in the |
|---|
| 393 | .IR more (1) |
|---|
| 394 | program that causes it |
|---|
| 395 | to incorrectly display lines that are exactly the width of the window and |
|---|
| 396 | are followed by a line beginning with a tab |
|---|
| 397 | (the leading tabs are not displayed). |
|---|
| 398 | This option is so named because it was originally thought to be a bug |
|---|
| 399 | in the |
|---|
| 400 | .IR curses (3x) |
|---|
| 401 | cursor motion package. |
|---|
| 402 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 403 | .B +cu |
|---|
| 404 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should not work around the |
|---|
| 405 | .IR more (1) |
|---|
| 406 | bug mentioned above. |
|---|
| 407 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 408 | .B "-dc" |
|---|
| 409 | This option disables the escape sequence to change dynamic colors: |
|---|
| 410 | the vt100 foreground and background colors, |
|---|
| 411 | its text cursor color, |
|---|
| 412 | the pointer cursor foreground and background colors, |
|---|
| 413 | the Tektronix emulator foreground and background colors, |
|---|
| 414 | its text cursor color |
|---|
| 415 | and highlight color. |
|---|
| 416 | The option sets the \fIdynamicColors\fP option to ``false''. |
|---|
| 417 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 418 | .B "+dc" |
|---|
| 419 | This option enables the escape sequence to change dynamic colors. |
|---|
| 420 | The option sets the \fIdynamicColors\fP option to ``true''. |
|---|
| 421 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 422 | .BI -e " program \fP[ \fIarguments \fP.\|.\|. ]\fI" |
|---|
| 423 | This option specifies the program (and its command line arguments) to be |
|---|
| 424 | run in the \fIxterm\fP window. |
|---|
| 425 | It also sets the window title and icon |
|---|
| 426 | name to be the basename of the program being executed if neither \fI-T\fP |
|---|
| 427 | nor \fI-n\fP are given on the command line. |
|---|
| 428 | \fBThis must be the last option on the command line.\fP |
|---|
| 429 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 430 | .BI -en " encoding" |
|---|
| 431 | This option determines the encoding on which \fIxterm\fP runs. |
|---|
| 432 | It sets the \fBlocale\fR resource. |
|---|
| 433 | Encodings other than UTF-8 are supported by using \fIluit\fR. |
|---|
| 434 | The \fB-lc\fR option should be used instead of \fB-en\fR for |
|---|
| 435 | systems with locale support. |
|---|
| 436 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 437 | .BI -fb " font" |
|---|
| 438 | This option specifies a font to be used when displaying bold text. |
|---|
| 439 | This font must be the same height and width as the normal font. |
|---|
| 440 | If only one of the normal or bold fonts is specified, it will be used as the |
|---|
| 441 | normal font and the bold font will be produced by overstriking this font. |
|---|
| 442 | The default is to do overstriking of the normal font. |
|---|
| 443 | See also the discussion of \fBboldFont\fP, \fBboldMode\fP and \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP resources. |
|---|
| 444 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 445 | .BI -fa " pattern" |
|---|
| 446 | This option sets the pattern for fonts selected from the FreeType |
|---|
| 447 | library if support for that library was compiled into \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 448 | This corresponds to the \fBfaceName\fP resource. |
|---|
| 449 | When a CJK |
|---|
| 450 | double-width font is specified, you also need to turn |
|---|
| 451 | on the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource. |
|---|
| 452 | See also the \fBrenderFont\fP resource, |
|---|
| 453 | which combines with this to determine whether FreeType fonts are |
|---|
| 454 | initially active. |
|---|
| 455 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 456 | .BI -fbb |
|---|
| 457 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should compare normal and bold fonts bounding |
|---|
| 458 | boxes to ensure they are compatible. |
|---|
| 459 | It sets the \fBfreeBoldBox\fP resource to ``false''. |
|---|
| 460 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 461 | .BI +fbb |
|---|
| 462 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should not compare normal and bold fonts bounding |
|---|
| 463 | boxes to ensure they are compatible. |
|---|
| 464 | It sets the \fBfreeBoldBox\fP resource to ``true''. |
|---|
| 465 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 466 | .BI -fbx |
|---|
| 467 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should not assume that the |
|---|
| 468 | normal and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters. |
|---|
| 469 | If any are missing, \fIxterm\fP will draw the characters directly. |
|---|
| 470 | It sets the \fBforceBoxChars\fP resource to ``false''. |
|---|
| 471 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 472 | .BI +fbx |
|---|
| 473 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should assume that the |
|---|
| 474 | normal and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters. |
|---|
| 475 | It sets the \fBforceBoxChars\fP resource to ``true''. |
|---|
| 476 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 477 | .BI -fd " pattern" |
|---|
| 478 | This option sets the pattern for double-width fonts selected from the FreeType |
|---|
| 479 | library if support for that library was compiled into \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 480 | This corresponds to the \fBfaceNameDoublesize\fP resource. |
|---|
| 481 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 482 | .BI -fi " font" |
|---|
| 483 | This option sets the font for active icons if that feature was compiled |
|---|
| 484 | into \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 485 | See also the discussion of the \fBiconFont\fP resource. |
|---|
| 486 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 487 | .BI -fs " size" |
|---|
| 488 | This option sets the pointsize for fonts selected from the FreeType |
|---|
| 489 | library if support for that library was compiled into \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 490 | This corresponds to the \fBfaceSize\fP resource. |
|---|
| 491 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 492 | .B -fw \fIfont\fP |
|---|
| 493 | This option specifies the font to be used for displaying wide text. |
|---|
| 494 | By default, |
|---|
| 495 | it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to |
|---|
| 496 | draw normal text. |
|---|
| 497 | If no doublewidth font is found, it will improvise, by stretching |
|---|
| 498 | the normal font. |
|---|
| 499 | This corresponds to the \fBwideFont\fP resource. |
|---|
| 500 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 501 | .B -fwb \fIfont\fP |
|---|
| 502 | This option specifies the font to be used for displaying bold wide text. |
|---|
| 503 | By default, |
|---|
| 504 | it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to |
|---|
| 505 | draw bold text. |
|---|
| 506 | If no doublewidth font is found, it will improvise, by stretching |
|---|
| 507 | the bold font. |
|---|
| 508 | This corresponds to the \fBwideBoldFont\fP resource. |
|---|
| 509 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 510 | .B -fx \fIfont\fP |
|---|
| 511 | This option specifies the font to be used for displaying the preedit string |
|---|
| 512 | in the "OverTheSpot" input method. |
|---|
| 513 | See also the discussion of the \fBximFont\fP resource. |
|---|
| 514 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 515 | .BI -hc " color" |
|---|
| 516 | (see \fB-selbg\fP). |
|---|
| 517 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 518 | .BI -hf |
|---|
| 519 | This option indicates that HP Function Key escape codes should be generated |
|---|
| 520 | for function keys. |
|---|
| 521 | It sets the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP resource to ``true''. |
|---|
| 522 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 523 | .BI +hf |
|---|
| 524 | This option indicates that HP Function Key escape codes should not be generated |
|---|
| 525 | for function keys. |
|---|
| 526 | It sets the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP resource to ``false''. |
|---|
| 527 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 528 | .BI -hm |
|---|
| 529 | Tells \fIxterm\fP to use |
|---|
| 530 | \fBhighlightTextColor\fP and \fBhighlightColor\fP |
|---|
| 531 | to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection. |
|---|
| 532 | It sets the \fBhighlightColorMode\fP resource to ``true''. |
|---|
| 533 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 534 | .BI +hm |
|---|
| 535 | Tells \fIxterm\fP not to use |
|---|
| 536 | \fBhighlightTextColor\fP and \fBhighlightColor\fP |
|---|
| 537 | to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection. |
|---|
| 538 | It sets the \fBhighlightColorMode\fP resource to ``false''. |
|---|
| 539 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 540 | .BI -hold |
|---|
| 541 | Turn on the \fBhold\fP resource, i.e., |
|---|
| 542 | \fIxterm\fP will not immediately destroy its window when the shell command completes. |
|---|
| 543 | It will wait until you use the window manager to destroy/kill the window, or |
|---|
| 544 | if you use the menu entries that send a signal, e.g., HUP or KILL. |
|---|
| 545 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 546 | .BI +hold |
|---|
| 547 | Turn off the \fBhold\fP resource, i.e., |
|---|
| 548 | \fIxterm\fP will immediately destroy its window when the shell command completes. |
|---|
| 549 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 550 | .B -ie |
|---|
| 551 | Turn on the \fBptyInitialErase\fP resource, i.e., |
|---|
| 552 | use the pseudo-terminal's sense of the stty erase value. |
|---|
| 553 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 554 | .B +ie |
|---|
| 555 | Turn off the \fBptyInitialErase\fP resource, i.e., |
|---|
| 556 | set the stty erase value using the \fBkb\fP string from the termcap entry as |
|---|
| 557 | a reference, if available. |
|---|
| 558 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 559 | .B -im |
|---|
| 560 | Turn on the \fBuseInsertMode\fP resource, |
|---|
| 561 | which forces use of insert mode by adding appropriate entries to the TERMCAP |
|---|
| 562 | environment variable. |
|---|
| 563 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 564 | .B +im |
|---|
| 565 | Turn off the \fBuseInsertMode\fP resource. |
|---|
| 566 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 567 | .BI -into " windowId" |
|---|
| 568 | Given an X window identifier (a decimal integer), |
|---|
| 569 | \fIxterm\fP will reparent its top-level shell widget to that window. |
|---|
| 570 | This is used to embed \fIxterm\fP within other applications. |
|---|
| 571 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 572 | .B -j |
|---|
| 573 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should do jump scrolling. |
|---|
| 574 | It corresponds to the \fBjumpScroll\fP resource. |
|---|
| 575 | Normally, |
|---|
| 576 | text is scrolled one line at a time; this option allows \fIxterm\fP to move |
|---|
| 577 | multiple lines at a time so that it does not fall as far behind. |
|---|
| 578 | Its use is |
|---|
| 579 | strongly recommended since it makes \fIxterm\fP much faster when scanning |
|---|
| 580 | through large amounts of text. |
|---|
| 581 | The VT100 escape sequences for enabling and |
|---|
| 582 | disabling smooth scroll as well as the ``VT Options'' |
|---|
| 583 | menu can be used to turn this |
|---|
| 584 | feature on or off. |
|---|
| 585 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 586 | .B +j |
|---|
| 587 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should not do jump scrolling. |
|---|
| 588 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 589 | .B -k8 |
|---|
| 590 | This option sets the \fBallowC1Printable\fP resource. |
|---|
| 591 | When \fBallowC1Printable\fP is set, \fIxterm\fP overrides the mapping |
|---|
| 592 | of C1 control characters (code 128-159) to treat them as printable. |
|---|
| 593 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 594 | .B +k8 |
|---|
| 595 | This option resets the \fBallowC1Printable\fP resource. |
|---|
| 596 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 597 | .BI -kt " keyboardtype" |
|---|
| 598 | This option sets the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource. |
|---|
| 599 | Possible values include: |
|---|
| 600 | ``unknown'', |
|---|
| 601 | ``default'', |
|---|
| 602 | ``hp'', |
|---|
| 603 | ``sco'', |
|---|
| 604 | ``sun'', |
|---|
| 605 | ``tcap'' and |
|---|
| 606 | ``vt220''. |
|---|
| 607 | .IP |
|---|
| 608 | The value ``unknown'', |
|---|
| 609 | causes the corresponding resource to be ignored. |
|---|
| 610 | .IP |
|---|
| 611 | The value ``default'', |
|---|
| 612 | suppresses the associated resources |
|---|
| 613 | .BR hpFunctionKeys , |
|---|
| 614 | .BR scoFunctionKeys , |
|---|
| 615 | .BR sunFunctionKeys, |
|---|
| 616 | .BR tcapFunctionKeys |
|---|
| 617 | and |
|---|
| 618 | .BR sunKeyboard , |
|---|
| 619 | using the Sun/PC keyboard layout. |
|---|
| 620 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 621 | .B -l |
|---|
| 622 | Turn logging on. |
|---|
| 623 | Normally logging is not supported, due to security concerns. |
|---|
| 624 | Some versions of \fIxterm\fP may have logging enabled. |
|---|
| 625 | The logfile is written to the directory from which \fIxterm\fP is |
|---|
| 626 | invoked. |
|---|
| 627 | The filename is generated, of the form |
|---|
| 628 | .sp |
|---|
| 629 | XtermLog.\fIXXXXXX\fR |
|---|
| 630 | .sp |
|---|
| 631 | or |
|---|
| 632 | .sp |
|---|
| 633 | Xterm.log.\fIhostname.yyyy.mm.dd.hh.mm.ss.XXXXXX\fR |
|---|
| 634 | .sp |
|---|
| 635 | depending on how \fIxterm\fP was built. |
|---|
| 636 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 637 | .B +l |
|---|
| 638 | Turn logging off. |
|---|
| 639 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 640 | .B -lc |
|---|
| 641 | Turn on support of various encodings according to the users' |
|---|
| 642 | locale setting, i.e., LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG environment variables. |
|---|
| 643 | This is achieved by turning on UTF-8 mode and by invoking \fIluit\fR for |
|---|
| 644 | conversion between locale encodings and UTF-8. |
|---|
| 645 | (\fIluit\fR is not invoked in UTF-8 locales.) |
|---|
| 646 | This corresponds to the \fBlocale\fR resource. |
|---|
| 647 | .IP |
|---|
| 648 | The actual list of encodings which are supported is determined by \fIluit\fR. |
|---|
| 649 | Consult the \fIluit\fR manual page for further details. |
|---|
| 650 | See also the discussion of the \fB-u8\fP option which supports UTF-8 locales. |
|---|
| 651 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 652 | .B +lc |
|---|
| 653 | Turn off support of automatic selection of locale encodings. |
|---|
| 654 | Conventional 8bit mode or, in UTF-8 locales or with \fB-u8\fP option, |
|---|
| 655 | UTF-8 mode will be used. |
|---|
| 656 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 657 | .BI -lcc " path" |
|---|
| 658 | File name for the encoding converter from/to locale encodings |
|---|
| 659 | and UTF-8 which is used with \fB-lc\fP option or \fBlocale\fR resource. |
|---|
| 660 | This corresponds to the \fBlocaleFilter\fR resource. |
|---|
| 661 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 662 | .B -leftbar |
|---|
| 663 | Force scrollbar to the left side of VT100 screen. |
|---|
| 664 | This is the default, unless you have set the rightScrollBar resource. |
|---|
| 665 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 666 | .BI -lf " filename" |
|---|
| 667 | Specify the log-filename. |
|---|
| 668 | See the \fB-l\fP option. |
|---|
| 669 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 670 | .B -ls |
|---|
| 671 | This option indicates that the shell that is started in the \fIxterm\fP window |
|---|
| 672 | will be a login shell (i.e., the first character of argv[0] will be a dash, |
|---|
| 673 | indicating to the shell that it should read the user's .login or .profile). |
|---|
| 674 | .IP |
|---|
| 675 | The \fB-ls\fP flag and the \fBloginShell\fP resource |
|---|
| 676 | are ignored if \fB-e\fP is also given, |
|---|
| 677 | because \fIxterm\fP does not know how to make the shell |
|---|
| 678 | start the given command after whatever it does when it is a login |
|---|
| 679 | shell - the user's shell of choice need not be a Bourne shell after all. |
|---|
| 680 | Also, \fIxterm\ -e\fP is supposed to provide a consistent |
|---|
| 681 | functionality for other applications that need to start text-mode |
|---|
| 682 | programs in a window, and if \fBloginShell\fP were not ignored, the |
|---|
| 683 | result of ~/.profile might interfere with that. |
|---|
| 684 | .IP |
|---|
| 685 | If you do want the effect of \fB-ls\fP and \fB-e\fP simultaneously, you |
|---|
| 686 | may get away with something like |
|---|
| 687 | .RS 15 |
|---|
| 688 | xterm -e /bin/bash -l -c "my command here" |
|---|
| 689 | .RE |
|---|
| 690 | .IP |
|---|
| 691 | Finally, \fB-ls\fP is not completely ignored, |
|---|
| 692 | because \fIxterm\ -ls\ -e\fP does write a \fI/etc/wtmp\fP entry |
|---|
| 693 | (if configured to do so), |
|---|
| 694 | whereas \fIxterm\ -e\fP does not. |
|---|
| 695 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 696 | .B +ls |
|---|
| 697 | This option indicates that the shell that is started should not be a login |
|---|
| 698 | shell (i.e., it will be a normal ``subshell''). |
|---|
| 699 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 700 | .B -mb |
|---|
| 701 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should ring a margin bell when |
|---|
| 702 | the user types near the right end of a line. |
|---|
| 703 | This option can be turned on |
|---|
| 704 | and off from the ``VT Options'' menu. |
|---|
| 705 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 706 | .B +mb |
|---|
| 707 | This option indicates that margin bell should not be rung. |
|---|
| 708 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 709 | .BI -mc " milliseconds" |
|---|
| 710 | This option specifies the maximum time between multi-click selections. |
|---|
| 711 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 712 | .B -mesg |
|---|
| 713 | Turn off the \fBmessages\fP resource, i.e., |
|---|
| 714 | disallow write access to the terminal. |
|---|
| 715 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 716 | .B +mesg |
|---|
| 717 | Turn on the \fBmessages\fP resource, i.e., |
|---|
| 718 | allow write access to the terminal. |
|---|
| 719 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 720 | .B "-mk_width" |
|---|
| 721 | Set the \fBmkWidth\fP resource to ``true''. |
|---|
| 722 | This makes \fIxterm\fP use a built-in version of the wide-character width |
|---|
| 723 | calculation. |
|---|
| 724 | The default is ``false'' |
|---|
| 725 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 726 | .B "+mk_width" |
|---|
| 727 | Reset the \fBmkWidth\fP resource. |
|---|
| 728 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 729 | .BI -ms " color" |
|---|
| 730 | This option specifies the color to be used for the pointer cursor. |
|---|
| 731 | The default |
|---|
| 732 | is to use the foreground color. |
|---|
| 733 | This sets the \fIpointerColor\fP resource. |
|---|
| 734 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 735 | .BI -nb " number" |
|---|
| 736 | This option specifies the number of characters from the right end of a line |
|---|
| 737 | at which the margin bell, if enabled, will ring. |
|---|
| 738 | The default is 10. |
|---|
| 739 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 740 | .B "-nul" |
|---|
| 741 | This option disables the display of underlining. |
|---|
| 742 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 743 | .B "+nul" |
|---|
| 744 | This option enables the display of underlining. |
|---|
| 745 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 746 | .B -pc |
|---|
| 747 | This option enables the PC-style use of bold colors (see boldColors |
|---|
| 748 | resource). |
|---|
| 749 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 750 | .B +pc |
|---|
| 751 | This option disables the PC-style use of bold colors. |
|---|
| 752 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 753 | .B -pob |
|---|
| 754 | This option indicates that the window should be raised whenever a |
|---|
| 755 | Control-G is received. |
|---|
| 756 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 757 | .B +pob |
|---|
| 758 | This option indicates that the window should not be raised whenever a |
|---|
| 759 | Control-G is received. |
|---|
| 760 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 761 | .B -rightbar |
|---|
| 762 | Force scrollbar to the right side of VT100 screen. |
|---|
| 763 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 764 | .B "-rvc" |
|---|
| 765 | This option disables the display of characters with reverse attribute as color. |
|---|
| 766 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 767 | .B "+rvc" |
|---|
| 768 | This option enables the display of characters with reverse attribute as color. |
|---|
| 769 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 770 | .B -rw |
|---|
| 771 | This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should be allowed. |
|---|
| 772 | This allows |
|---|
| 773 | the cursor to back up from the leftmost column of one line to the rightmost |
|---|
| 774 | column of the previous line. |
|---|
| 775 | This is very useful for editing long shell |
|---|
| 776 | command lines and is encouraged. |
|---|
| 777 | This option can be turned on and off from |
|---|
| 778 | the ``VT Options'' menu. |
|---|
| 779 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 780 | .B +rw |
|---|
| 781 | This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should not be allowed. |
|---|
| 782 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 783 | .B -s |
|---|
| 784 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP may scroll asynchronously, meaning that |
|---|
| 785 | the screen does not have to be kept completely up to date while scrolling. |
|---|
| 786 | This allows \fIxterm\fP to run faster when network latencies are very high |
|---|
| 787 | and is typically useful when running across a very large internet or many |
|---|
| 788 | gateways. |
|---|
| 789 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 790 | .B +s |
|---|
| 791 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should scroll synchronously. |
|---|
| 792 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 793 | .B -samename |
|---|
| 794 | Does not send title and icon name change requests when the request |
|---|
| 795 | would have no effect: the name is not changed. |
|---|
| 796 | This has the advantage |
|---|
| 797 | of preventing flicker and the disadvantage of requiring an extra |
|---|
| 798 | round trip to the server to find out the previous value. |
|---|
| 799 | In practice |
|---|
| 800 | this should never be a problem. |
|---|
| 801 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 802 | .B +samename |
|---|
| 803 | Always send title and icon name change requests. |
|---|
| 804 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 805 | .B -sb |
|---|
| 806 | This option indicates that some number of lines that are scrolled off the top |
|---|
| 807 | of the window should be saved and that a scrollbar should be displayed so that |
|---|
| 808 | those lines can be viewed. |
|---|
| 809 | This option may be turned on and off from the |
|---|
| 810 | ``VT Options'' menu. |
|---|
| 811 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 812 | .B +sb |
|---|
| 813 | This option indicates that a scrollbar should not be displayed. |
|---|
| 814 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 815 | .BI -selbg " color" |
|---|
| 816 | This option specifies the color to use for the background of selected text. |
|---|
| 817 | If not specified, reverse video is used. |
|---|
| 818 | See the discussion of the \fBhighlightColor\fP resource. |
|---|
| 819 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 820 | .BI -selfg " color" |
|---|
| 821 | This option specifies the color to use for selected text. |
|---|
| 822 | If not specified, reverse video is used. |
|---|
| 823 | See the discussion of the \fBhighlightTextColor\fP resource. |
|---|
| 824 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 825 | .B -sf |
|---|
| 826 | This option indicates that Sun Function Key escape codes should be generated |
|---|
| 827 | for function keys. |
|---|
| 828 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 829 | .B +sf |
|---|
| 830 | This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be generated for |
|---|
| 831 | function keys. |
|---|
| 832 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 833 | .B -si |
|---|
| 834 | This option indicates that output to a window should not automatically |
|---|
| 835 | reposition the screen to the bottom of the scrolling region. |
|---|
| 836 | This option can be turned on and off from the ``VT Options'' menu. |
|---|
| 837 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 838 | .B +si |
|---|
| 839 | This option indicates that output to a window should cause it to |
|---|
| 840 | scroll to the bottom. |
|---|
| 841 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 842 | .B -sk |
|---|
| 843 | This option indicates that pressing a key while |
|---|
| 844 | using the scrollbar to review previous lines of text should |
|---|
| 845 | cause the window to be repositioned automatically in the normal position at the |
|---|
| 846 | bottom of the scroll region. |
|---|
| 847 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 848 | .B +sk |
|---|
| 849 | This option indicates that pressing a key while using the scrollbar |
|---|
| 850 | should not cause the window to be repositioned. |
|---|
| 851 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 852 | .BI -sl " number" |
|---|
| 853 | This option specifies the number of lines to save that have been scrolled |
|---|
| 854 | off the top of the screen. |
|---|
| 855 | This corresponds to the \fBsaveLines\fP resource. |
|---|
| 856 | The default is 64. |
|---|
| 857 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 858 | .B -sm |
|---|
| 859 | This option, corresponding to the \fBsessionMgt\fR resource, |
|---|
| 860 | indicates that \fIxterm\fR should |
|---|
| 861 | set up session manager callbacks. |
|---|
| 862 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 863 | .B +sm |
|---|
| 864 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fR should |
|---|
| 865 | not set up session manager callbacks. |
|---|
| 866 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 867 | .B -sp |
|---|
| 868 | This option indicates that Sun/PC keyboard should be assumed, |
|---|
| 869 | providing mapping for keypad `+' to `,', and |
|---|
| 870 | CTRL-F1 to F13, CTRL-F2 to F14, etc. |
|---|
| 871 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 872 | .B +sp |
|---|
| 873 | This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be generated for |
|---|
| 874 | keypad and function keys. |
|---|
| 875 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 876 | .B -t |
|---|
| 877 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should start in Tektronix mode, rather |
|---|
| 878 | than in VT102 mode. |
|---|
| 879 | Switching between the two windows is done using the |
|---|
| 880 | ``Options'' menus. |
|---|
| 881 | .IR Termcap (5) |
|---|
| 882 | entries that work with |
|---|
| 883 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 884 | ``tek4014,'' ``tek4015,'' ``tek4012'', ``tek4013'' and ``tek4010,'' and ``dumb.'' |
|---|
| 885 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 886 | automatically searches the termcap file in this order for these entries and then |
|---|
| 887 | sets the ``TERM'' and the ``TERMCAP'' environment variables. |
|---|
| 888 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 889 | .B +t |
|---|
| 890 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should start in VT102 mode. |
|---|
| 891 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 892 | .B -tb |
|---|
| 893 | This option, corresponding to the \fBtoolBar\fR resource, |
|---|
| 894 | indicates that \fIxterm\fR should display a toolbar (or menubar) |
|---|
| 895 | at the top of its window. |
|---|
| 896 | The buttons in the toolbar correspond to |
|---|
| 897 | the popup menus, e.g., control/left/mouse for "Main Options". |
|---|
| 898 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 899 | .B +tb |
|---|
| 900 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fR should |
|---|
| 901 | not set up a toolbar. |
|---|
| 902 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 903 | .BI -ti " term_id" |
|---|
| 904 | Specify the name used by \fIxterm\fP to select the |
|---|
| 905 | correct response to terminal ID queries. |
|---|
| 906 | It also specifies the emulation level, |
|---|
| 907 | used to determine the type of response to a DA control sequence. |
|---|
| 908 | Valid values include vt52, vt100, vt101, vt102, and vt220 (the "vt" is optional). |
|---|
| 909 | The default is vt100. |
|---|
| 910 | The term_id argument specifies the terminal ID to use. |
|---|
| 911 | (This is the same as the \fBdecTerminalID\fP resource). |
|---|
| 912 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 913 | .BI -tm " string" |
|---|
| 914 | This option specifies a series of terminal setting keywords followed by the |
|---|
| 915 | characters that should be bound to those functions, similar to the \fIstty\fP |
|---|
| 916 | program. |
|---|
| 917 | The keywords and their values are described in detail in the \fBttyModes\fP |
|---|
| 918 | resource. |
|---|
| 919 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 920 | .BI -tn " name" |
|---|
| 921 | This option specifies the name of the terminal type to be set in the TERM |
|---|
| 922 | environment variable. |
|---|
| 923 | It corresponds to the \fBtermName\fP resource. |
|---|
| 924 | This terminal type must exist in the terminal |
|---|
| 925 | database |
|---|
| 926 | (termcap or terminfo, depending on how \fIxterm\fP is built) |
|---|
| 927 | and should have \fIli#\fP and \fIco#\fP entries. |
|---|
| 928 | If the terminal type is not found, \fIxterm\fP uses the built-in list |
|---|
| 929 | ``xterm'', ``vt102'', etc. |
|---|
| 930 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 931 | .B -u8 |
|---|
| 932 | This option sets the \fButf8\fP resource. |
|---|
| 933 | When \fButf8\fP is set, \fIxterm\fP interprets incoming data as UTF-8. |
|---|
| 934 | This sets the \fBwideChars\fP resource as a side-effect, |
|---|
| 935 | but the UTF-8 mode set by this option prevents it from being turned off. |
|---|
| 936 | If you must turn it on and off, use the \fBwideChars\fP resource. |
|---|
| 937 | .IP |
|---|
| 938 | This option and the \fButf8\fR resource are overridden by |
|---|
| 939 | the \fB-lc\fP and \fB-en\fP options and \fBlocale\fR resource. |
|---|
| 940 | That is, if \fIxterm\fP has been compiled to support \fIluit\fR, |
|---|
| 941 | and the \fBlocale\fP resource is not ``false'' |
|---|
| 942 | this option is ignored. |
|---|
| 943 | We recommend using |
|---|
| 944 | the \fB-lc\fR option or the ``\fBlocale:\ true\fR'' resource |
|---|
| 945 | in UTF-8 locales when your operating system supports locale, |
|---|
| 946 | or \fB-en\ UTF-8\fP option or the ``\fBlocale:\ UTF-8\fR'' resource |
|---|
| 947 | when your operating system does not support locale. |
|---|
| 948 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 949 | .B +u8 |
|---|
| 950 | This option resets the \fButf8\fP resource. |
|---|
| 951 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 952 | .B "-ulc" |
|---|
| 953 | This option disables the display of characters with underline attribute as |
|---|
| 954 | color rather than with underlining. |
|---|
| 955 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 956 | .B "+ulc" |
|---|
| 957 | This option enables the display of characters with underline attribute as |
|---|
| 958 | color rather than with underlining. |
|---|
| 959 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 960 | .B "-ulit" |
|---|
| 961 | This option, corresponding to the \fBitalicULMode\fP resource, |
|---|
| 962 | disables the display of characters with underline attribute as |
|---|
| 963 | italics rather than with underlining. |
|---|
| 964 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 965 | .B "+ulit" |
|---|
| 966 | This option, corresponding to the \fBitalicULMode\fP resource, |
|---|
| 967 | enables the display of characters with underline attribute as |
|---|
| 968 | italics rather than with underlining. |
|---|
| 969 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 970 | .B -ut |
|---|
| 971 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should not write a record into the |
|---|
| 972 | the system \fIutmp\fP log file. |
|---|
| 973 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 974 | .B +ut |
|---|
| 975 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should write a record into |
|---|
| 976 | the system \fIutmp\fP log file. |
|---|
| 977 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 978 | .B -vb |
|---|
| 979 | This option indicates that a visual bell is preferred over an audible one. |
|---|
| 980 | Instead of ringing the terminal bell whenever a Control-G is received, the |
|---|
| 981 | window will be flashed. |
|---|
| 982 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 983 | .B +vb |
|---|
| 984 | This option indicates that a visual bell should not be used. |
|---|
| 985 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 986 | .B -wc |
|---|
| 987 | This option sets the \fBwideChars\fP resource. |
|---|
| 988 | When \fBwideChars\fP is set, \fIxterm\fP maintains internal structures for 16-bit |
|---|
| 989 | characters. |
|---|
| 990 | If you do not set this resource to ``true'', |
|---|
| 991 | \fIxterm\fP will ignore the escape sequence which turns UTF-8 mode on and off. |
|---|
| 992 | The default is ``false''. |
|---|
| 993 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 994 | .B +wc |
|---|
| 995 | This option resets the \fBwideChars\fP resource. |
|---|
| 996 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 997 | .B -wf |
|---|
| 998 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should wait for the window to be mapped |
|---|
| 999 | the first time before starting the subprocess so that the initial terminal |
|---|
| 1000 | size settings and environment variables are correct. |
|---|
| 1001 | It is the application's |
|---|
| 1002 | responsibility to catch subsequent terminal size changes. |
|---|
| 1003 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1004 | .B +wf |
|---|
| 1005 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should not wait before starting the |
|---|
| 1006 | subprocess. |
|---|
| 1007 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1008 | .B -ziconbeep \fIpercent\fP |
|---|
| 1009 | Same as zIconBeep resource. |
|---|
| 1010 | If percent is non-zero, xterms that produce output while iconified |
|---|
| 1011 | will cause an XBell sound at the given volume |
|---|
| 1012 | and have "***" prepended to their icon titles. |
|---|
| 1013 | Most window managers will detect this change immediately, showing you |
|---|
| 1014 | which window has the output. |
|---|
| 1015 | (A similar feature was in x10 \fIxterm\fP.) |
|---|
| 1016 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1017 | .B -C |
|---|
| 1018 | This option indicates that this window should receive console output. |
|---|
| 1019 | This |
|---|
| 1020 | is not supported on all systems. |
|---|
| 1021 | To obtain console output, you must be the |
|---|
| 1022 | owner of the console device, and you must have read and write permission |
|---|
| 1023 | for it. |
|---|
| 1024 | If you are running X under \fIxdm\fP on the console screen you may |
|---|
| 1025 | need to have the session startup and reset programs explicitly change the |
|---|
| 1026 | ownership of the console device in order to get this option to work. |
|---|
| 1027 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1028 | .B -S\fIccn\fP |
|---|
| 1029 | This option allows \fIxterm\fP to be used as an input and |
|---|
| 1030 | output channel for an existing program and is sometimes used in specialized |
|---|
| 1031 | applications. |
|---|
| 1032 | The option value specifies the last few letters of the name of a pseudo-terminal |
|---|
| 1033 | to use in slave mode, plus the number of the inherited file descriptor. |
|---|
| 1034 | If the option contains a ``/'' character, that delimits the characters |
|---|
| 1035 | used for the pseudo-terminal name from the file descriptor. |
|---|
| 1036 | Otherwise, exactly two characters are used from the option for |
|---|
| 1037 | the pseudo-terminal name, the remainder is the file descriptor. |
|---|
| 1038 | Examples: |
|---|
| 1039 | .nf |
|---|
| 1040 | .RS 15 |
|---|
| 1041 | -S123/45 |
|---|
| 1042 | -Sab34 |
|---|
| 1043 | .RE |
|---|
| 1044 | .fi |
|---|
| 1045 | .IP |
|---|
| 1046 | Note that \fIxterm\fP does not close any file descriptor |
|---|
| 1047 | which it did not open for its own use. |
|---|
| 1048 | It is possible (though probably not portable) to have an application |
|---|
| 1049 | which passes an open file descriptor down to \fIxterm\fP past the |
|---|
| 1050 | initialization or the \fB-S\fP option to a process running in the \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 1051 | .PP |
|---|
| 1052 | The following command line arguments are provided for compatibility with |
|---|
| 1053 | older versions. |
|---|
| 1054 | They may not be supported in the next release as the X |
|---|
| 1055 | Toolkit provides standard options that accomplish the same task. |
|---|
| 1056 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1057 | .B "%\fIgeom\fP" |
|---|
| 1058 | This option specifies the preferred size and position of the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 1059 | It is shorthand for specifying the ``\fI*tekGeometry\fP'' resource. |
|---|
| 1060 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1061 | .B \ #\fIgeom\fP |
|---|
| 1062 | This option specifies the preferred position of the icon window. |
|---|
| 1063 | It is shorthand for specifying the ``\fI*iconGeometry\fP'' resource. |
|---|
| 1064 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1065 | .BI -T " string" |
|---|
| 1066 | This option specifies the title for \fIxterm\fP's windows. |
|---|
| 1067 | It is equivalent to \fB-title\fP. |
|---|
| 1068 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1069 | .BI -n " string" |
|---|
| 1070 | This option specifies the icon name for \fIxterm\fP's windows. |
|---|
| 1071 | It is shorthand for specifying the ``\fI*iconName\fP'' resource. |
|---|
| 1072 | Note that this is not the same as the toolkit option \fB-name\fP (see below). |
|---|
| 1073 | The default icon name is the application name. |
|---|
| 1074 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1075 | .B -r |
|---|
| 1076 | This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated by swapping |
|---|
| 1077 | the foreground and background colors. |
|---|
| 1078 | It is equivalent to |
|---|
| 1079 | \fB-rv\fP. |
|---|
| 1080 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1081 | .BI -w " number" |
|---|
| 1082 | This option specifies the width in pixels of the border surrounding the window. |
|---|
| 1083 | It is equivalent to \fB-borderwidth\fP or \fB-bw\fP. |
|---|
| 1084 | . |
|---|
| 1085 | .PP |
|---|
| 1086 | The following standard X Toolkit command line arguments are commonly used |
|---|
| 1087 | with \fIxterm\fP: |
|---|
| 1088 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1089 | .B -bd \fIcolor\fP |
|---|
| 1090 | This option specifies the color to use for the border of the window. |
|---|
| 1091 | \fIxterm\fP uses the X Toolkit default, which is ``XtDefaultForeground''. |
|---|
| 1092 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1093 | .B -bg \fIcolor\fP |
|---|
| 1094 | This option specifies the color to use for the background of the window. |
|---|
| 1095 | The default is ``XtDefaultBackground.'' |
|---|
| 1096 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1097 | .B -bw \fInumber\fP |
|---|
| 1098 | This option specifies the width in pixels of the border surrounding the window. |
|---|
| 1099 | .IP |
|---|
| 1100 | This appears to be a legacy of older X releases. |
|---|
| 1101 | It sets the \fBborderWidth\fP resource of the shell widget, |
|---|
| 1102 | and may provide advice to your window manager to set the thickness of the |
|---|
| 1103 | window frame. |
|---|
| 1104 | Most window managers do not use this information. |
|---|
| 1105 | See the \fB-b\fP option, which controls the inner border of the \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 1106 | window. |
|---|
| 1107 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1108 | .B -display \fIdisplay\fP |
|---|
| 1109 | This option specifies the X server to contact; see \fIX(__miscmansuffix__)\fP. |
|---|
| 1110 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1111 | .B -fg \fIcolor\fP |
|---|
| 1112 | This option specifies the color to use for displaying text. |
|---|
| 1113 | The default is |
|---|
| 1114 | ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 1115 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1116 | .B -fn \fIfont\fP |
|---|
| 1117 | This option specifies the font to be used for displaying normal text. |
|---|
| 1118 | The |
|---|
| 1119 | default is \fIfixed\fP. |
|---|
| 1120 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1121 | .B -font \fIfont\fP |
|---|
| 1122 | This is the same as \fB-fn\fP. |
|---|
| 1123 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1124 | .B -geometry \fIgeometry\fP |
|---|
| 1125 | This option specifies the preferred size and position of the VT102 window; |
|---|
| 1126 | see \fIX(__miscmansuffix__)\fP. |
|---|
| 1127 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1128 | .B -iconic |
|---|
| 1129 | This option indicates that \fIxterm\fP should ask the window manager to |
|---|
| 1130 | start it as an icon rather than as the normal window. |
|---|
| 1131 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1132 | .B -name \fIname\fP |
|---|
| 1133 | This option specifies the application name under which resources are to be |
|---|
| 1134 | obtained, rather than the default executable file name. |
|---|
| 1135 | \fIName\fP should not contain ``.'' or ``*'' characters. |
|---|
| 1136 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1137 | .B -rv |
|---|
| 1138 | This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated by swapping |
|---|
| 1139 | the foreground and background colors. |
|---|
| 1140 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1141 | .B +rv |
|---|
| 1142 | Disable the simulation of reverse video by swapping foreground and background |
|---|
| 1143 | colors. |
|---|
| 1144 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1145 | .B -title \fIstring\fP |
|---|
| 1146 | This option specifies the window title string, which may be displayed by |
|---|
| 1147 | window managers if the user so chooses. |
|---|
| 1148 | The default title is the command |
|---|
| 1149 | line specified after the \fB-e\fP option, if any, otherwise the application |
|---|
| 1150 | name. |
|---|
| 1151 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1152 | .B -xrm \fIresourcestring\fP |
|---|
| 1153 | This option specifies a resource string to be used. |
|---|
| 1154 | This is especially |
|---|
| 1155 | useful for setting resources that do not have separate command line options. |
|---|
| 1156 | . |
|---|
| 1157 | . |
|---|
| 1158 | .SH RESOURCES |
|---|
| 1159 | The program understands all of the core X Toolkit resource names and classes. |
|---|
| 1160 | Application specific resources (e.g., "\fBXTerm.\fP\fINAME\fP") follow: |
|---|
| 1161 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1162 | .B "backarrowKeyIsErase (\fPclass\fB BackarrowKeyIsErase)" |
|---|
| 1163 | Tie the VTxxx \fBbackarrowKey\fP and \fBptyInitialErase\fP resources |
|---|
| 1164 | together by setting the DECBKM state according to whether the initial value of |
|---|
| 1165 | stty erase is a backspace (8) or delete (127) character. |
|---|
| 1166 | The default is ``false'', which disables this feature. |
|---|
| 1167 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1168 | .B "hold (\fPclass\fB Hold)" |
|---|
| 1169 | If true, |
|---|
| 1170 | \fIxterm\fP will not immediately destroy its window when the shell command completes. |
|---|
| 1171 | It will wait until you use the window manager to destroy/kill the window, or |
|---|
| 1172 | if you use the menu entries that send a signal, e.g., HUP or KILL. |
|---|
| 1173 | You may scroll back, select text, etc., to perform most graphical operations. |
|---|
| 1174 | Resizing the display will lose data, however, since this involves interaction |
|---|
| 1175 | with the shell which is no longer running. |
|---|
| 1176 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1177 | .B "hpFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB HpFunctionKeys)" |
|---|
| 1178 | Specifies whether or not HP Function Key escape codes should be generated for |
|---|
| 1179 | function keys instead of standard escape sequences. |
|---|
| 1180 | See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource. |
|---|
| 1181 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1182 | .B "iconGeometry (\fPclass\fB IconGeometry)" |
|---|
| 1183 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the application when iconified. |
|---|
| 1184 | It is not necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
|---|
| 1185 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1186 | .B "iconName (\fPclass\fB IconName)" |
|---|
| 1187 | Specifies the icon name. |
|---|
| 1188 | The default is the application name. |
|---|
| 1189 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1190 | .B "keyboardType (\fPclass\fB KeyboardType)" |
|---|
| 1191 | Enables one (or none) of the various keyboard-type resources: |
|---|
| 1192 | \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP, |
|---|
| 1193 | \fBscoFunctionKeys\fP, |
|---|
| 1194 | \fBsunFunctionKeys\fP, |
|---|
| 1195 | \fBtcapFunctionKeys\fP and |
|---|
| 1196 | \fBsunKeyboard\fP. |
|---|
| 1197 | The resource's value should be one of the corresponding strings |
|---|
| 1198 | ``hp'', ``sco'', ``sun'', ``tcap'' or ``vt220''. |
|---|
| 1199 | The individual resources are provided for legacy support; |
|---|
| 1200 | this resource is simpler to use. |
|---|
| 1201 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1202 | .B "maxBufSize (\fPclass\fB MaxBufSize)" |
|---|
| 1203 | Specify the maximum size of the input buffer. |
|---|
| 1204 | The default is 32768. |
|---|
| 1205 | You cannot set this to a value less than the \fBminBufSize\fR resource. |
|---|
| 1206 | It will be increased as needed to make that value evenly divide this one. |
|---|
| 1207 | .IP |
|---|
| 1208 | On some systems you may want to increase one or both of the |
|---|
| 1209 | \fBmaxBufSize\fP and |
|---|
| 1210 | \fBminBufSize\fP resource values to achieve better performance |
|---|
| 1211 | if the operating system prefers larger buffer sizes. |
|---|
| 1212 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1213 | .B "messages (\fPclass\fB Messages)" |
|---|
| 1214 | Specifies whether write access to the terminal is allowed initially. |
|---|
| 1215 | See |
|---|
| 1216 | .BR mesg (1). |
|---|
| 1217 | The default is ``true''. |
|---|
| 1218 | .TP 9 |
|---|
| 1219 | .B "menuLocale (\fPclass\fB MenuLocale)" |
|---|
| 1220 | Specify the locale used for character-set computations when loading |
|---|
| 1221 | the popup menus. |
|---|
| 1222 | Use this to improve initialization performance of the Athena popup menus, |
|---|
| 1223 | which may load unnecessary (and very large) fonts, e.g., |
|---|
| 1224 | in a locale having UTF-8 encoding. |
|---|
| 1225 | The default is an empty string, which uses the current locale setting. |
|---|
| 1226 | .IP |
|---|
| 1227 | Set it to ``C'' to achieve the best performance using the default |
|---|
| 1228 | menu resource settings. |
|---|
| 1229 | If you happen to be using localized menu resources, |
|---|
| 1230 | set the resource accordingly. |
|---|
| 1231 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1232 | .B "minBufSize (\fPclass\fB MinBufSize)" |
|---|
| 1233 | Specify the minimum size of the input buffer, i.e., the amount of data |
|---|
| 1234 | that \fIxterm\fR requests on each read. |
|---|
| 1235 | The default is 4096. |
|---|
| 1236 | You cannot set this to a value less than 64. |
|---|
| 1237 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1238 | .B "ptyHandshake (\fPclass\fB PtyHandshake) |
|---|
| 1239 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fP will perform handshaking during initialization |
|---|
| 1240 | to ensure that the parent and child processes update the \fButmp\fP |
|---|
| 1241 | and \fBstty\fP state. |
|---|
| 1242 | See also \fBwaitForMap\fP which waits for the pseudo-terminal's notion |
|---|
| 1243 | of the screen size, |
|---|
| 1244 | and \fBptySttySize\fP which resets the screen size after other terminal |
|---|
| 1245 | initialization is complete. |
|---|
| 1246 | The default is ``true''. |
|---|
| 1247 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1248 | .B "ptyInitialErase (\fPclass\fB PtyInitialErase)" |
|---|
| 1249 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fP will use the pseudo-terminal's sense of the stty erase |
|---|
| 1250 | value. |
|---|
| 1251 | If ``false'', \fIxterm\fP will set the stty erase value to match its own |
|---|
| 1252 | configuration, using the \fBkb\fP string from the termcap entry as |
|---|
| 1253 | a reference, if available. |
|---|
| 1254 | In either case, the result is applied to the TERMCAP variable |
|---|
| 1255 | which \fIxterm\fP sets. |
|---|
| 1256 | See also the \fBttyModes\fP resource, which may modify this. |
|---|
| 1257 | The default is ``false''. |
|---|
| 1258 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1259 | .B "ptySttySize (\fPclass\fB PtySttySize) |
|---|
| 1260 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fP will reset the screen size after |
|---|
| 1261 | terminal initialization is complete. |
|---|
| 1262 | This is needed for some systems whose pseudo-terminals cannot |
|---|
| 1263 | propagate terminal characteristics. |
|---|
| 1264 | Where it is not needed, it can interfere with other methods for |
|---|
| 1265 | setting the intial screen size, e.g., via window manager interaction. |
|---|
| 1266 | See also \fBwaitForMap\fP which waits for a handshake-message |
|---|
| 1267 | giving the pseudo-terminal's notion of the screen size. |
|---|
| 1268 | The default is ``false'' on Linux and OS X systems, |
|---|
| 1269 | ``true'' otherwise. |
|---|
| 1270 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1271 | .B "sameName (\fPclass\fB SameName)" |
|---|
| 1272 | If the value of this resource is ``true'', \fIxterm\fP does not send |
|---|
| 1273 | title and icon name change requests when the request |
|---|
| 1274 | would have no effect: the name is not changed. |
|---|
| 1275 | This has the advantage |
|---|
| 1276 | of preventing flicker and the disadvantage of requiring an extra |
|---|
| 1277 | round trip to the server to find out the previous value. |
|---|
| 1278 | In practice |
|---|
| 1279 | this should never be a problem. |
|---|
| 1280 | The default is ``true''. |
|---|
| 1281 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1282 | .B "scoFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB ScoFunctionKeys)" |
|---|
| 1283 | Specifies whether or not SCP Function Key escape codes should be generated for |
|---|
| 1284 | function keys instead of standard escape sequences. |
|---|
| 1285 | See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource. |
|---|
| 1286 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1287 | .B "sessionMgt (\fPclass\fB SessionMgt)" |
|---|
| 1288 | If the value of this resource is ``true'', |
|---|
| 1289 | \fIxterm\fP sets up session manager callbacks |
|---|
| 1290 | for \fBXtNdieCallback\fR and \fBXtNsaveCallback\fR. |
|---|
| 1291 | The default is ``true''. |
|---|
| 1292 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1293 | .B "sunFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SunFunctionKeys)" |
|---|
| 1294 | Specifies whether or not Sun Function Key escape codes should be generated for |
|---|
| 1295 | function keys instead of standard escape sequences. |
|---|
| 1296 | See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource. |
|---|
| 1297 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1298 | .B "sunKeyboard (\fPclass\fB SunKeyboard)" |
|---|
| 1299 | Specifies whether or not Sun/PC keyboard layout should be assumed rather |
|---|
| 1300 | than DEC VT220. |
|---|
| 1301 | This causes the keypad `+' to be mapped to `,'. |
|---|
| 1302 | and |
|---|
| 1303 | CTRL F1-F12 to F11-F20, depending on the setting of the \fBctrlFKeys\fP |
|---|
| 1304 | resource. |
|---|
| 1305 | so \fIxterm\fP emulates a DEC VT220 more accurately. |
|---|
| 1306 | Otherwise (the default, with \fBsunKeyboard\fP set to ``false''), |
|---|
| 1307 | \fIxterm\fP uses PC-style bindings for the function keys and keypad. |
|---|
| 1308 | .IP |
|---|
| 1309 | PC-style bindings |
|---|
| 1310 | use the Shift, Alt, Control and Meta keys as modifiers for function-keys |
|---|
| 1311 | and keypad |
|---|
| 1312 | (see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP for details). |
|---|
| 1313 | The PC-style bindings are analogous to PCTerm, but not the same thing. |
|---|
| 1314 | Normally these bindings do not conflict with the use of the Meta key |
|---|
| 1315 | as described for the \fBeightBitInput\fP resource. |
|---|
| 1316 | If they do, note that the PC-style bindings are evaluated first. |
|---|
| 1317 | See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource. |
|---|
| 1318 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1319 | .B "tcapFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB TcapFunctionKeys)" |
|---|
| 1320 | Specifies whether or not function key escape codes read from the |
|---|
| 1321 | termcap/terminfo entry should be generated for |
|---|
| 1322 | function keys instead of standard escape sequences. |
|---|
| 1323 | See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource. |
|---|
| 1324 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1325 | .B "termName (\fPclass\fB TermName)" |
|---|
| 1326 | Specifies the terminal type name to be set in the TERM environment variable. |
|---|
| 1327 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1328 | .B "title (\fPclass\fB Title)" |
|---|
| 1329 | Specifies a string that may be used by the window manager when displaying |
|---|
| 1330 | this application. |
|---|
| 1331 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1332 | .B "toolBar (\fPclass\fB ToolBar)" |
|---|
| 1333 | Specifies whether or not the toolbar should be displayed. |
|---|
| 1334 | The default is |
|---|
| 1335 | ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1336 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1337 | .B "ttyModes (\fPclass\fB TtyModes)" |
|---|
| 1338 | Specifies a string containing terminal setting keywords and the characters |
|---|
| 1339 | to which they may be bound. |
|---|
| 1340 | Allowable keywords include: |
|---|
| 1341 | brk, |
|---|
| 1342 | dsusp, |
|---|
| 1343 | eof, |
|---|
| 1344 | eol, |
|---|
| 1345 | eol2, |
|---|
| 1346 | erase, |
|---|
| 1347 | erase2, |
|---|
| 1348 | flush, |
|---|
| 1349 | intr, |
|---|
| 1350 | kill, |
|---|
| 1351 | lnext, |
|---|
| 1352 | quit, |
|---|
| 1353 | rprnt, |
|---|
| 1354 | start, |
|---|
| 1355 | status, |
|---|
| 1356 | stop, |
|---|
| 1357 | susp, |
|---|
| 1358 | swtch and |
|---|
| 1359 | weras. |
|---|
| 1360 | Control characters may be specified as ^char (e.g., ^c or ^u) |
|---|
| 1361 | and \fB^?\fP may be used to indicate delete (127). |
|---|
| 1362 | Use \fB^-\fP to denote \fIundef\fP. |
|---|
| 1363 | Use \fB\\034\fP to represent \fB^\\\fP, since a literal backslash in |
|---|
| 1364 | an X resource escapes the next character. |
|---|
| 1365 | .IP |
|---|
| 1366 | This is very useful for overriding |
|---|
| 1367 | the default terminal settings without having to do an \fIstty\fP every time |
|---|
| 1368 | an \fIxterm\fP is started. |
|---|
| 1369 | Note, however, that the stty program on a given host may use different |
|---|
| 1370 | keywords; \fIxterm\fR's table is built-in. |
|---|
| 1371 | .IP |
|---|
| 1372 | If the \fBttyModes\fP resource specifies a value for \fBerase\fP, |
|---|
| 1373 | that overrides the \fBptyInitialErase\fP resource setting, |
|---|
| 1374 | i.e., \fIxterm\fP initializes the terminal to match that value. |
|---|
| 1375 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1376 | .B "useInsertMode (\fPclass\fB UseInsertMode)" |
|---|
| 1377 | Force use of insert mode by adding appropriate entries to the TERMCAP |
|---|
| 1378 | environment variable. |
|---|
| 1379 | This is useful if the system termcap is broken. |
|---|
| 1380 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1381 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1382 | .B "utmpDisplayId (\fPclass\fB UtmpDisplayId)" |
|---|
| 1383 | Specifies whether or not \fIxterm\fP should try to record the display |
|---|
| 1384 | identifier (display number and screen number) as well as the hostname in |
|---|
| 1385 | the system \fIutmp\fP log file. |
|---|
| 1386 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1387 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1388 | .B "utmpInhibit (\fPclass\fB UtmpInhibit)" |
|---|
| 1389 | Specifies whether or not \fIxterm\fP should try to record the user's terminal |
|---|
| 1390 | in |
|---|
| 1391 | the system \fIutmp\fP log file. |
|---|
| 1392 | If true, \fIxterm\fP will not try. |
|---|
| 1393 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1394 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1395 | .B "waitForMap (\fPclass\fB WaitForMap)" |
|---|
| 1396 | Specifies whether or not \fIxterm\fP should wait for the initial window map |
|---|
| 1397 | before starting the subprocess. |
|---|
| 1398 | This is part of the |
|---|
| 1399 | .B ptyHandshake |
|---|
| 1400 | logic. |
|---|
| 1401 | When \fIxterm\fP is directed to wait in this fashion, |
|---|
| 1402 | it passes the terminal size from the display end of the pseudo-terminal |
|---|
| 1403 | to the terminal I/O connection, e.g., according to the window manager. |
|---|
| 1404 | Otherwise, it uses the size as given in resource values or command-line |
|---|
| 1405 | option \fB-geom\fP. |
|---|
| 1406 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1407 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1408 | .B "zIconBeep (\fPclass\fB ZIconBeep)" |
|---|
| 1409 | Same as -ziconbeep command line argument. |
|---|
| 1410 | If the value of this resource is non-zero, xterms that produce output |
|---|
| 1411 | while iconified will cause an XBell sound at the given volume |
|---|
| 1412 | and have "***" prepended to their icon titles. |
|---|
| 1413 | Most window managers will detect this change immediately, showing you |
|---|
| 1414 | which window has the output. |
|---|
| 1415 | (A similar feature was in x10 \fIxterm\fR.) |
|---|
| 1416 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1417 | .\" |
|---|
| 1418 | .SS VT100 Widget Resources |
|---|
| 1419 | .PP |
|---|
| 1420 | The following resources are specified as part |
|---|
| 1421 | of the \fIvt100\fP widget (class \fIVT100\fP): |
|---|
| 1422 | These are specified by patterns such as "\fBXTerm.vt100.\fP\fINAME\fP": |
|---|
| 1423 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1424 | .B "activeIcon (\fPclass\fB ActiveIcon)" |
|---|
| 1425 | Specifies whether or not active icon windows are to be used when the |
|---|
| 1426 | \fIxterm\fP window is iconified, if this feature is compiled into \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 1427 | The active icon is a miniature representation of the content of the |
|---|
| 1428 | window and will update as the content changes. |
|---|
| 1429 | Not all window managers |
|---|
| 1430 | necessarily support application icon windows. |
|---|
| 1431 | Some window managers |
|---|
| 1432 | will allow you to enter keystrokes into the active icon window. |
|---|
| 1433 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1434 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1435 | .B "allowC1Printable (\fPclass\fB AllowC1Printable)" |
|---|
| 1436 | If true, overrides the mapping of C1 controls |
|---|
| 1437 | (codes 128-159) to make them be treated |
|---|
| 1438 | as if they were printable characters. |
|---|
| 1439 | Although this corresponds to no particular standard, |
|---|
| 1440 | some users insist it is a VT100. |
|---|
| 1441 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1442 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1443 | .B "allowSendEvents (\fPclass\fB AllowSendEvents)" |
|---|
| 1444 | Specifies whether or not synthetic key and button events (generated using |
|---|
| 1445 | the X protocol SendEvent request) should be interpreted or discarded. |
|---|
| 1446 | The default is ``false'' meaning they are discarded. |
|---|
| 1447 | Note that allowing |
|---|
| 1448 | such events creates a very large security hole. |
|---|
| 1449 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1450 | .TP |
|---|
| 1451 | .B "allowTitleOps (\fPclass\fB AllowTitleOps)" |
|---|
| 1452 | Specifies whether control sequences that modify the window title or icon name |
|---|
| 1453 | should be allowed. |
|---|
| 1454 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1455 | .TP |
|---|
| 1456 | .B "allowWindowOps (\fPclass\fB AllowWindowOps)" |
|---|
| 1457 | Specifies whether extended window control sequences (as used in dtterm) |
|---|
| 1458 | should be allowed. |
|---|
| 1459 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1460 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1461 | .B "altIsNotMeta (\fPclass\fB AltIsNotMeta\fP)" |
|---|
| 1462 | If ``true'', treat the Alt-key as if it were the Meta-key. |
|---|
| 1463 | Your keyboard may happen to be configured so they are the same. |
|---|
| 1464 | But if they are not, this allows you to use the same prefix- and shifting |
|---|
| 1465 | operations with the Alt-key as with the Meta-key. |
|---|
| 1466 | See \fBaltSendsEscape\fP and \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP. |
|---|
| 1467 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1468 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1469 | .B "altSendsEscape (\fPclass\fB AltSendsEscape\fP)" |
|---|
| 1470 | This is an additional keyboard operation that may be processed |
|---|
| 1471 | after the logic for \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP. |
|---|
| 1472 | It is only available if the \fBaltIsNotMeta\fP resource is set. |
|---|
| 1473 | .IP |
|---|
| 1474 | If ``true'', Alt characters |
|---|
| 1475 | (a character combined with the modifier associated with left/right Alt-keys) |
|---|
| 1476 | are converted into a two-character |
|---|
| 1477 | sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC. |
|---|
| 1478 | This applies as well to function key control sequences, unless \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 1479 | sees that \fBAlt\fP is used in your key translations. |
|---|
| 1480 | If ``false'', Alt characters input from the keyboard cause a shift to |
|---|
| 1481 | 8-bit characters (just like \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP). |
|---|
| 1482 | By combining the Alt- and Meta-modifiers, you can create corresponding |
|---|
| 1483 | combinations of ESC-prefix and 8-bit characters. |
|---|
| 1484 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1485 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1486 | .B "alwaysBoldMode (\fPclass\fB AlwaysBoldMode)" |
|---|
| 1487 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should check if the normal and bold |
|---|
| 1488 | fonts are distinct before deciding whether to use overstriking to |
|---|
| 1489 | simulate bold fonts. |
|---|
| 1490 | If this resource is true, |
|---|
| 1491 | \fIxterm\fP does not make the check for |
|---|
| 1492 | distinct fonts when deciding how to handle the \fBboldMode\fP resource. |
|---|
| 1493 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1494 | .TS |
|---|
| 1495 | l l l l |
|---|
| 1496 | _ _ _ _ |
|---|
| 1497 | l l l l. |
|---|
| 1498 | \fIboldMode\fR \fIalwaysBoldMode\fR \fIComparison\fR \fIAction\fP |
|---|
| 1499 | false false ignored use font |
|---|
| 1500 | false true ignored use font |
|---|
| 1501 | true false same overstrike |
|---|
| 1502 | true false different use font |
|---|
| 1503 | true true ignored overstrike |
|---|
| 1504 | .TE |
|---|
| 1505 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1506 | .B "alwaysHighlight (\fPclass\fB AlwaysHighlight)" |
|---|
| 1507 | Specifies whether or not \fIxterm\fP should always display a highlighted |
|---|
| 1508 | text cursor. |
|---|
| 1509 | By default (if this resource is false), |
|---|
| 1510 | a hollow text cursor is displayed whenever the |
|---|
| 1511 | pointer moves out of the window or the window loses the input focus. |
|---|
| 1512 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1513 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1514 | .B "alwaysUseMods (\fPclass\fB AlwaysUseMods)" |
|---|
| 1515 | Override the \fBnumLock\fP resource, telling \fIxterm\fR to use the Alt and Meta |
|---|
| 1516 | modifiers to construct parameters for function key sequences even if |
|---|
| 1517 | those modifiers appear in the translations resource. |
|---|
| 1518 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1519 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1520 | .B "answerbackString (\fPclass\fB AnswerbackString)" |
|---|
| 1521 | Specifies the string that \fIxterm\fR sends in response to an ENQ (control/E) |
|---|
| 1522 | character from the host. |
|---|
| 1523 | The default is a blank string, i.e., ``''. |
|---|
| 1524 | A hardware VT100 implements this feature as a setup option. |
|---|
| 1525 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1526 | .B "appcursorDefault (\fPclass\fB AppcursorDefault)" |
|---|
| 1527 | If ``true,'' the cursor keys are initially in application mode. |
|---|
| 1528 | This is the same as the VT102 private DECCKM mode, |
|---|
| 1529 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1530 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1531 | .B "appkeypadDefault (\fPclass\fB AppkeypadDefault)" |
|---|
| 1532 | If ``true,'' the keypad keys are initially in application mode. |
|---|
| 1533 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1534 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1535 | .B "autoWrap (\fPclass\fB AutoWrap)" |
|---|
| 1536 | Specifies whether or not auto-wraparound should be enabled. |
|---|
| 1537 | This is the same as the VT102 DECAWM. |
|---|
| 1538 | The |
|---|
| 1539 | default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1540 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1541 | .B "awaitInput (\fPclass\fB AwaitInput)" |
|---|
| 1542 | Specifies whether or not the \fIxterm\fR uses a 50 millisecond timeout to |
|---|
| 1543 | await input (i.e., to support the Xaw3d arrow scrollbar). |
|---|
| 1544 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1545 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1546 | .B "backarrowKey (\fPclass\fB BackarrowKey)" |
|---|
| 1547 | Specifies whether the backarrow key transmits |
|---|
| 1548 | a backspace (8) |
|---|
| 1549 | or delete (127) character. |
|---|
| 1550 | This corresponds to the DECBKM control sequence. |
|---|
| 1551 | The default (backspace) is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1552 | Pressing the control key toggles this behavior. |
|---|
| 1553 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1554 | .B "background (\fPclass\fB Background)" |
|---|
| 1555 | Specifies the color to use for the background of the window. |
|---|
| 1556 | The default is |
|---|
| 1557 | ``XtDefaultBackground.'' |
|---|
| 1558 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1559 | .B "bellIsUrgent (\fPclass\fB BellIsUrgent)" |
|---|
| 1560 | Specifies whether to set the Urgency hint for the window manager |
|---|
| 1561 | when making a bell sound. |
|---|
| 1562 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1563 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1564 | .B "bellOnReset (\fPclass\fB BellOnReset)" |
|---|
| 1565 | Specifies whether to sound a bell when doing a hard reset. |
|---|
| 1566 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1567 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1568 | .B "bellSuppressTime (\fPclass\fB BellSuppressTime)" |
|---|
| 1569 | Number of milliseconds after a bell command is sent during which additional |
|---|
| 1570 | bells will be suppressed. |
|---|
| 1571 | Default is 200. |
|---|
| 1572 | If set non-zero, |
|---|
| 1573 | additional bells |
|---|
| 1574 | will also be suppressed until the server reports that processing of |
|---|
| 1575 | the first bell has been completed; this feature is most useful with |
|---|
| 1576 | the visible bell. |
|---|
| 1577 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1578 | .B "boldColors (\fPclass\fB ColorMode)" |
|---|
| 1579 | Specifies whether to combine bold attribute with colors like the IBM PC, |
|---|
| 1580 | i.e., map colors 0 through 7 to colors 8 through 15. |
|---|
| 1581 | These normally are the brighter versions of the first 8 colors, hence bold. |
|---|
| 1582 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1583 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1584 | .B "boldFont (\fPclass\fB BoldFont)" |
|---|
| 1585 | Specifies the name of the bold font to use instead of overstriking. |
|---|
| 1586 | There is no default for this resource. |
|---|
| 1587 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1588 | .B "boldMode (\fPclass\fB BoldMode)" |
|---|
| 1589 | This specifies whether or not text with the bold attribute should be |
|---|
| 1590 | overstruck to simulate bold fonts if the resolved bold font is the |
|---|
| 1591 | same as the normal font. |
|---|
| 1592 | It may be desirable to disable bold fonts when color is being |
|---|
| 1593 | used for the bold attribute. |
|---|
| 1594 | .IP |
|---|
| 1595 | Note that \fIxterm\fP has one bold font which you may set explicitly. |
|---|
| 1596 | \fIXterm\fP attempts to derive a bold font for the other font selections |
|---|
| 1597 | (\fBfont1\fP through \fBfont6\fP). |
|---|
| 1598 | If it cannot find a bold font, it will use the normal font. |
|---|
| 1599 | In each case (whether the explicit resource or the derived font), |
|---|
| 1600 | if the normal and bold fonts are distinct, this resource has no effect. |
|---|
| 1601 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1602 | .IP |
|---|
| 1603 | See the \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP resource which can modify the behavior |
|---|
| 1604 | of this resource. |
|---|
| 1605 | .IP |
|---|
| 1606 | Although \fIxterm\fP attempts to derive a bold font for other font selections, |
|---|
| 1607 | the font server may not cooperate. |
|---|
| 1608 | Since X11R6, bitmap fonts have been scaled. |
|---|
| 1609 | The font server claims to provide the bold font that \fIxterm\fP requests, |
|---|
| 1610 | but the result is not always readable. |
|---|
| 1611 | XFree86 provides a feature which can be used to suppress the scaling. |
|---|
| 1612 | In the X server's configuration file (e.g., "/etc/X11/XFree86"), you |
|---|
| 1613 | can add ":unscaled" to the end of the directory specification for the |
|---|
| 1614 | "misc" fonts, which comprise the fixed-pitch fonts that are used by \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 1615 | For example |
|---|
| 1616 | .RS |
|---|
| 1617 | FontPath "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/" |
|---|
| 1618 | .RE |
|---|
| 1619 | .IP |
|---|
| 1620 | would become |
|---|
| 1621 | .RS |
|---|
| 1622 | FontPath "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/:unscaled" |
|---|
| 1623 | .RE |
|---|
| 1624 | .IP |
|---|
| 1625 | Depending on your configuration, the font server may have its own configuration |
|---|
| 1626 | file. |
|---|
| 1627 | The same ":unscaled" can be added to its configuration file at the |
|---|
| 1628 | end of the directory specification for "misc". |
|---|
| 1629 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1630 | .B "brokenLinuxOSC (\fPclass\fB BrokenLinuxOSC)" |
|---|
| 1631 | If true, \fIxterm\fP applies a workaround to ignore malformed control |
|---|
| 1632 | sequences that a Linux script might send. |
|---|
| 1633 | Compare the palette control sequences documented in \fIconsole_codes\fR |
|---|
| 1634 | with ECMA-48. |
|---|
| 1635 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1636 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1637 | .B "brokenSelections (\fPclass\fB BrokenSelections)" |
|---|
| 1638 | If true, \fIxterm\fP in 8-bit mode will interpret |
|---|
| 1639 | .B STRING |
|---|
| 1640 | selections as carrying text in the current locale's encoding. |
|---|
| 1641 | Normally |
|---|
| 1642 | .B STRING |
|---|
| 1643 | selections carry ISO-8859-1 encoded text. |
|---|
| 1644 | Setting this resource to |
|---|
| 1645 | ``true'' violates the ICCCM; it may, however, be useful for interacting |
|---|
| 1646 | with some broken X clients. |
|---|
| 1647 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1648 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1649 | .B "brokenStringTerm (\fPclass\fB BrokenStringTerm)" |
|---|
| 1650 | provides a work-around for some ISDN routers which start an application |
|---|
| 1651 | control string without completing it. |
|---|
| 1652 | Set this to ``true'' if \fIxterm\fP appears to freeze when connecting. |
|---|
| 1653 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1654 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1655 | .B "c132 (\fPclass\fB C132)" |
|---|
| 1656 | Specifies whether or not the VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence, |
|---|
| 1657 | used to switch between 80 and 132 columns, should be honored. |
|---|
| 1658 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1659 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1660 | .B "cacheDoublesize (\fPclass\fB CacheDoublesize)" |
|---|
| 1661 | Tells whether to cache double-sized fonts by \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 1662 | Set this to zero to disable doublesize fonts altogether. |
|---|
| 1663 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1664 | .B "charClass (\fPclass\fB CharClass)" |
|---|
| 1665 | Specifies comma-separated lists of character class bindings of the form |
|---|
| 1666 | [\fIlow\fP-]\fIhigh\fP:\fIvalue\fP. |
|---|
| 1667 | These are used in determining which |
|---|
| 1668 | sets of characters should be treated the same when doing cut and paste. |
|---|
| 1669 | See the \fBCHARACTER CLASSES\fP section. |
|---|
| 1670 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1671 | .B "cjkWidth (\fPclass\fB CjkWidth)" |
|---|
| 1672 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should follow |
|---|
| 1673 | the traditional East Asian width convention. |
|---|
| 1674 | When turned on, characters with East Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR |
|---|
| 1675 | 11 have a column width of 2. |
|---|
| 1676 | You may have to set this option to ``true'' |
|---|
| 1677 | if you have some old East Asian terminal based programs that assume that |
|---|
| 1678 | line-drawing characters have a column width of 2. |
|---|
| 1679 | If this resource is false, the \fBmkWidth\fP resource controls the |
|---|
| 1680 | choice between the system's \fBwcwidth\fP and \fIxterm\fP's built-in tables. |
|---|
| 1681 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1682 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1683 | .B "color0 (\fPclass\fB Color0)" |
|---|
| 1684 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1685 | .B "color1 (\fPclass\fB Color1)" |
|---|
| 1686 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1687 | .B "color2 (\fPclass\fB Color2)" |
|---|
| 1688 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1689 | .B "color3 (\fPclass\fB Color3)" |
|---|
| 1690 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1691 | .B "color4 (\fPclass\fB Color4)" |
|---|
| 1692 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1693 | .B "color5 (\fPclass\fB Color5)" |
|---|
| 1694 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1695 | .B "color6 (\fPclass\fB Color6)" |
|---|
| 1696 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1697 | .B "color7 (\fPclass\fB Color7)" |
|---|
| 1698 | These specify the colors for the ISO-6429 extension. |
|---|
| 1699 | The defaults are, |
|---|
| 1700 | respectively, |
|---|
| 1701 | black, |
|---|
| 1702 | red3, |
|---|
| 1703 | green3, |
|---|
| 1704 | yellow3, |
|---|
| 1705 | a customizable dark blue, |
|---|
| 1706 | magenta3, |
|---|
| 1707 | cyan3, |
|---|
| 1708 | and |
|---|
| 1709 | gray90. |
|---|
| 1710 | The default shades of color are chosen to allow the colors 8-15 |
|---|
| 1711 | to be used as brighter versions. |
|---|
| 1712 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1713 | .B "color8 (\fPclass\fB Color8)" |
|---|
| 1714 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1715 | .B "color9 (\fPclass\fB Color9)" |
|---|
| 1716 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1717 | .B "color10 (\fPclass\fB Color10)" |
|---|
| 1718 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1719 | .B "color11 (\fPclass\fB Color11)" |
|---|
| 1720 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1721 | .B "color12 (\fPclass\fB Color12)" |
|---|
| 1722 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1723 | .B "color13 (\fPclass\fB Color13)" |
|---|
| 1724 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1725 | .B "color14 (\fPclass\fB Color14)" |
|---|
| 1726 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1727 | .B "color15 (\fPclass\fB Color15)" |
|---|
| 1728 | These specify the colors for the ISO-6429 extension if the bold attribute |
|---|
| 1729 | is also enabled. |
|---|
| 1730 | The default resource values are respectively, |
|---|
| 1731 | gray30, |
|---|
| 1732 | red, |
|---|
| 1733 | green, |
|---|
| 1734 | yellow, |
|---|
| 1735 | a customizable light blue, |
|---|
| 1736 | magenta, |
|---|
| 1737 | cyan, |
|---|
| 1738 | and |
|---|
| 1739 | white. |
|---|
| 1740 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1741 | .B "color16 (\fPclass\fB Color16)" |
|---|
| 1742 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1743 | through |
|---|
| 1744 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1745 | .B "color255 (\fPclass\fB Color255)" |
|---|
| 1746 | These specify the colors for the 256-color extension. |
|---|
| 1747 | The default resource values |
|---|
| 1748 | are for colors 16 through 231 to make a 6x6x6 color cube, and colors |
|---|
| 1749 | 232 through 255 to make a grayscale ramp. |
|---|
| 1750 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1751 | .B "colorAttrMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)" |
|---|
| 1752 | Specifies whether \fBcolorBD\fP, \fBcolorBL\fP, \fBcolorRV\fP, and |
|---|
| 1753 | \fBcolorUL\fP should override ANSI colors. |
|---|
| 1754 | If not, these are displayed only when no ANSI colors |
|---|
| 1755 | have been set for the corresponding position. |
|---|
| 1756 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1757 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1758 | .B "colorBD (\fPclass\fB ColorBD)" |
|---|
| 1759 | This specifies the color to use to display bold characters if |
|---|
| 1760 | the ``colorBDMode'' resource is enabled. |
|---|
| 1761 | The default is ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 1762 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1763 | .B "colorBDMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)" |
|---|
| 1764 | Specifies whether characters with the bold attribute should be displayed in |
|---|
| 1765 | color or as bold characters. |
|---|
| 1766 | Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off disables |
|---|
| 1767 | all colors, including bold. |
|---|
| 1768 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1769 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1770 | .B "colorBL (\fPclass\fB ColorBL)" |
|---|
| 1771 | This specifies the color to use to display blink characters if |
|---|
| 1772 | the ``colorBLMode'' resource is enabled. |
|---|
| 1773 | The default is ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 1774 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1775 | .B "colorBLMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)" |
|---|
| 1776 | Specifies whether characters with the blink attribute should be displayed in |
|---|
| 1777 | color. |
|---|
| 1778 | Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off disables all colors, including this. |
|---|
| 1779 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1780 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1781 | .B "colorMode (\fPclass\fB ColorMode)" |
|---|
| 1782 | Specifies whether or not recognition of ANSI (ISO-6429) |
|---|
| 1783 | color change escape sequences should be enabled. |
|---|
| 1784 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1785 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1786 | .B "colorRV (\fPclass\fB ColorRV)" |
|---|
| 1787 | This specifies the color to use to display reverse characters if |
|---|
| 1788 | the ``colorRVMode'' resource is enabled. |
|---|
| 1789 | The default is ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 1790 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1791 | .B "colorRVMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)" |
|---|
| 1792 | Specifies whether characters with the reverse attribute should be displayed in |
|---|
| 1793 | color. |
|---|
| 1794 | Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off disables all colors, including this. |
|---|
| 1795 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1796 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1797 | .B "colorUL (\fPclass\fB ColorUL)" |
|---|
| 1798 | This specifies the color to use to display underlined characters if |
|---|
| 1799 | the ``colorULMode'' resource is enabled. |
|---|
| 1800 | The default is ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 1801 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1802 | .B "colorULMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)" |
|---|
| 1803 | Specifies whether characters with the underline attribute should be displayed |
|---|
| 1804 | in color or as underlined characters. |
|---|
| 1805 | Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off |
|---|
| 1806 | disables all colors, including underlining. |
|---|
| 1807 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1808 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1809 | .B "combiningChars (\fPclass\fB CombiningChars)" |
|---|
| 1810 | Specifies the number of wide-characters which can be stored in a cell |
|---|
| 1811 | to overstrike (combine) with the base character of the cell. |
|---|
| 1812 | This can be set to values in the range 0 to 4. |
|---|
| 1813 | The default is ``2''. |
|---|
| 1814 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1815 | .B "ctrlFKeys (\fPclass\fB CtrlFKeys)" |
|---|
| 1816 | In VT220 keyboard mode (see \fBsunKeyboard\fP resource), |
|---|
| 1817 | specifies the amount by which to shift F1-F12 given a control modifier (CTRL). |
|---|
| 1818 | This allows you to generate key symbols for F10-F20 on a Sun/PC keyboard. |
|---|
| 1819 | The default is ``10'', which means that CTRL F1 generates the key |
|---|
| 1820 | symbol for F11. |
|---|
| 1821 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1822 | .B "curses (\fPclass\fB Curses)" |
|---|
| 1823 | Specifies whether or not the last column bug in |
|---|
| 1824 | .IR more (1) |
|---|
| 1825 | should be worked around. |
|---|
| 1826 | See the \fB-cu\fP option for details. |
|---|
| 1827 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1828 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1829 | .B "cursorBlink (\fPclass\fB CursorBlink)" |
|---|
| 1830 | Specifies whether to make the cursor blink. |
|---|
| 1831 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1832 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1833 | .B "cursorColor (\fPclass\fB CursorColor)" |
|---|
| 1834 | Specifies the color to use for the text cursor. |
|---|
| 1835 | The default is ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 1836 | By default, |
|---|
| 1837 | \fIxterm\fP attempts to keep this color from being the same as the background |
|---|
| 1838 | color, since it draws the cursor by filling the background of a text cell. |
|---|
| 1839 | The same restriction applies to control sequences which may change this color. |
|---|
| 1840 | .IP |
|---|
| 1841 | Setting this resource overrides |
|---|
| 1842 | most of \fIxterm\fP's adjustments to cursor color. |
|---|
| 1843 | It will still use reverse-video to disallow some cases, such as a black |
|---|
| 1844 | cursor on a black background. |
|---|
| 1845 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1846 | .B "cursorOffTime (\fPclass\fB CursorOffTime)" |
|---|
| 1847 | Specifies the duration of the "off" part of the cursor blink cycle-time |
|---|
| 1848 | in milliseconds. |
|---|
| 1849 | The same timer is used for text blinking. |
|---|
| 1850 | The default is 300. |
|---|
| 1851 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1852 | .B "cursorOnTime (\fPclass\fB CursorOnTime)" |
|---|
| 1853 | Specifies the duration of the "on" part of the cursor blink cycle-time, |
|---|
| 1854 | in milliseconds. |
|---|
| 1855 | The same timer is used for text blinking. |
|---|
| 1856 | The default is 600. |
|---|
| 1857 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1858 | .B "cutNewline (\fPclass\fB CutNewline)" |
|---|
| 1859 | If ``false'', triple clicking to select a line does not include the Newline |
|---|
| 1860 | at the end of the line. |
|---|
| 1861 | If ``true'', the Newline is selected. |
|---|
| 1862 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1863 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1864 | .B "cutToBeginningOfLine (\fPclass\fB CutToBeginningOfLine)" |
|---|
| 1865 | If ``false'', triple clicking to select a line selects only from the |
|---|
| 1866 | current word forward. |
|---|
| 1867 | If ``true'', the entire line is selected. |
|---|
| 1868 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1869 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1870 | .B "decTerminalID (\fPclass\fB DecTerminalID)" |
|---|
| 1871 | Specifies the emulation level (100=VT100, 220=VT220, etc.), used to determine |
|---|
| 1872 | the type of response to a DA control sequence. |
|---|
| 1873 | Leading non-digit characters are ignored, e.g., "vt100" and "100" are the same. |
|---|
| 1874 | The default is 100. |
|---|
| 1875 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1876 | .B "deleteIsDEL (\fPclass\fB DeleteIsDEL)" |
|---|
| 1877 | Specifies whether the Delete key on the editing keypad should send DEL (127) |
|---|
| 1878 | or the VT220-style Remove escape sequence. |
|---|
| 1879 | The default is ``false,'' for the latter. |
|---|
| 1880 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1881 | .B "dynamicColors (\fPclass\fB DynamicColors)" |
|---|
| 1882 | Specifies whether or not escape sequences to change colors assigned to |
|---|
| 1883 | different attributes are recognized. |
|---|
| 1884 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1885 | .B "eightBitControl (\fPclass\fB EightBitControl\fP)" |
|---|
| 1886 | Specifies whether or not control sequences sent by the |
|---|
| 1887 | terminal should be eight-bit characters or escape sequences. |
|---|
| 1888 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 1889 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1890 | .B "eightBitInput (\fPclass\fB EightBitInput\fP)" |
|---|
| 1891 | If ``true'', Meta characters |
|---|
| 1892 | (a single-byte character combined with the \fIMeta\fP modifier key) |
|---|
| 1893 | input from the keyboard are presented as a |
|---|
| 1894 | single character with the eighth bit turned on. |
|---|
| 1895 | The terminal is put into 8-bit mode. |
|---|
| 1896 | If ``false'', Meta characters are converted into a two-character |
|---|
| 1897 | sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC. |
|---|
| 1898 | On startup, \fIxterm\fP tries to put the terminal into 7-bit mode. |
|---|
| 1899 | The \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP and \fBaltSendsEscape\fP resources may override this. |
|---|
| 1900 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 1901 | .IP |
|---|
| 1902 | Generally keyboards do not have a key labeled "Meta", |
|---|
| 1903 | but "Alt" keys are common, and they are conventionally used for "Meta". |
|---|
| 1904 | If they were synonymous, it would have been reasonable to name this |
|---|
| 1905 | resource "altSendsEscape", reversing its sense. |
|---|
| 1906 | For more background on this, see the \fBmeta\fP function in curses. |
|---|
| 1907 | .IP |
|---|
| 1908 | Note that the \fIAlt\fP key is not necessarily the same as the |
|---|
| 1909 | \fIMeta\fP modifier. |
|---|
| 1910 | \fIxmodmap\fP lists your key modifiers. |
|---|
| 1911 | X defines modifiers for shift, (caps) lock and control, |
|---|
| 1912 | as well as 5 additional modifiers which are generally used to configure |
|---|
| 1913 | key modifiers. |
|---|
| 1914 | \fIxterm\fP inspects the same information to find the modifier associated |
|---|
| 1915 | with either \fIMeta\fP key (left or right), |
|---|
| 1916 | and uses that key as the \fIMeta\fP modifier. |
|---|
| 1917 | It also looks for the NumLock key, |
|---|
| 1918 | to recognize the modifier which is associated with that. |
|---|
| 1919 | .IP |
|---|
| 1920 | If your \fIxmodmap\fP configuration |
|---|
| 1921 | uses the same keycodes for Alt- and Meta-keys, |
|---|
| 1922 | \fIxterm\fP will only see the Alt-key definitions, since those are tested |
|---|
| 1923 | before Meta-keys. |
|---|
| 1924 | NumLock is tested first. |
|---|
| 1925 | It is important to keep these keys distinct; |
|---|
| 1926 | otherwise some of \fIxterm\fP's functionality is not available. |
|---|
| 1927 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1928 | .B "eightBitOutput (\fPclass\fB EightBitOutput\fP)" |
|---|
| 1929 | Specifies whether or not eight-bit characters sent from the host should be |
|---|
| 1930 | accepted as is or stripped when printed. |
|---|
| 1931 | The default is ``true,'' |
|---|
| 1932 | which means that they are accepted as is. |
|---|
| 1933 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1934 | .B "faceName (\fPclass\fB FaceName)" |
|---|
| 1935 | Specify the pattern for fonts selected from the FreeType |
|---|
| 1936 | library if support for that library was compiled into \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 1937 | There is no default. |
|---|
| 1938 | If not specified, |
|---|
| 1939 | or if there is no match for both normal and bold fonts, |
|---|
| 1940 | \fIxterm\fR uses the \fBfont\fP and related resources. |
|---|
| 1941 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1942 | .B "faceNameDoublesize (\fPclass\fB FaceNameDoublesize)" |
|---|
| 1943 | Specify an double-width font for cases where an application requires |
|---|
| 1944 | this, e.g., in CJK applications. |
|---|
| 1945 | There is no default. |
|---|
| 1946 | If the application uses double-wide characters and this resource is not given, |
|---|
| 1947 | \fIxterm\fP will use a scaled version of the font given by \fBfaceName\fP. |
|---|
| 1948 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1949 | .B "faceSize (\fPclass\fB FaceSize)" |
|---|
| 1950 | Specify the pointsize for fonts selected from the FreeType |
|---|
| 1951 | library if support for that library was compiled into \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 1952 | The default is ``14.'' |
|---|
| 1953 | On the \fBVT\ Fonts\fP menu, this corresponds to the \fIDefault\fP entry. |
|---|
| 1954 | You can specify the pointsize for TrueType fonts selected with the other |
|---|
| 1955 | size-related menu entries such as Medium, Huge, etc., by using one of |
|---|
| 1956 | the following resource values. |
|---|
| 1957 | If you do not specify a value, |
|---|
| 1958 | they default to ``0.0'', |
|---|
| 1959 | which causes \fIxterm\fP to use the ratio of font sizes from the bitmap |
|---|
| 1960 | font resources to obtain a TrueType pointsize. |
|---|
| 1961 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1962 | .B "faceSize1 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize1)" |
|---|
| 1963 | Specifies the pointsize of the first alternative font. |
|---|
| 1964 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1965 | .B "faceSize2 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize2)" |
|---|
| 1966 | Specifies the pointsize of the second alternative font. |
|---|
| 1967 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1968 | .B "faceSize3 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize3)" |
|---|
| 1969 | Specifies the pointsize of the third alternative font. |
|---|
| 1970 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1971 | .B "faceSize4 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize4)" |
|---|
| 1972 | Specifies the pointsize of the fourth alternative font. |
|---|
| 1973 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1974 | .B "faceSize5 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize5)" |
|---|
| 1975 | Specifies the pointsize of the fifth alternative font. |
|---|
| 1976 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1977 | .B "faceSize6 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize6)" |
|---|
| 1978 | Specifies the pointsize of the sixth alternative font. |
|---|
| 1979 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 1980 | .B "font (\fPclass\fB Font)" |
|---|
| 1981 | Specifies the name of the normal font. |
|---|
| 1982 | The default is ``fixed.'' |
|---|
| 1983 | .IP |
|---|
| 1984 | See the discussion of the \fBlocale\fP resource, |
|---|
| 1985 | which describes how this font may be overridden. |
|---|
| 1986 | .IP |
|---|
| 1987 | NOTE: some resource files use patterns such as |
|---|
| 1988 | .RS |
|---|
| 1989 | *font: fixed |
|---|
| 1990 | .RE |
|---|
| 1991 | .IP |
|---|
| 1992 | which are overly broad, affecting both |
|---|
| 1993 | .RS |
|---|
| 1994 | xterm.vt100.font |
|---|
| 1995 | .RE |
|---|
| 1996 | .IP |
|---|
| 1997 | and |
|---|
| 1998 | .RS |
|---|
| 1999 | xterm.vt100.utf8fonts.font |
|---|
| 2000 | .RE |
|---|
| 2001 | .IP |
|---|
| 2002 | which is probably not what you intended. |
|---|
| 2003 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2004 | .B "font1 (\fPclass\fB Font1)" |
|---|
| 2005 | Specifies the name of the first alternative font. |
|---|
| 2006 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2007 | .B "font2 (\fPclass\fB Font2)" |
|---|
| 2008 | Specifies the name of the second alternative font. |
|---|
| 2009 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2010 | .B "font3 (\fPclass\fB Font3)" |
|---|
| 2011 | Specifies the name of the third alternative font. |
|---|
| 2012 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2013 | .B "font4 (\fPclass\fB Font4)" |
|---|
| 2014 | Specifies the name of the fourth alternative font. |
|---|
| 2015 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2016 | .B "font5 (\fPclass\fB Font5)" |
|---|
| 2017 | Specifies the name of the fifth alternative font. |
|---|
| 2018 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2019 | .B "font6 (\fPclass\fB Font6)" |
|---|
| 2020 | Specifies the name of the sixth alternative font. |
|---|
| 2021 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2022 | .B "fontDoublesize (\fPclass\fB FontDoublesize)" |
|---|
| 2023 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should attempt to use font scaling to draw |
|---|
| 2024 | doublesize characters. |
|---|
| 2025 | Some older font servers cannot do this properly, will return misleading |
|---|
| 2026 | font metrics. |
|---|
| 2027 | The default is ``true''. |
|---|
| 2028 | If disabled, \fIxterm\fP will simulate doublesize characters by drawing |
|---|
| 2029 | normal characters with spaces between them. |
|---|
| 2030 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2031 | .B "forceBoxChars (\fPclass\fB ForceBoxChars)" |
|---|
| 2032 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should assume the normal and bold fonts |
|---|
| 2033 | have VT100 line-drawing characters: |
|---|
| 2034 | .RS |
|---|
| 2035 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 2036 | - |
|---|
| 2037 | The fixed-pitch ISO-8859-*-encoded fonts used by \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 2038 | normally have the VT100 line-drawing glyphs in cells 1-31. |
|---|
| 2039 | Other fixed-pitch fonts may be more attractive, but lack these glyphs. |
|---|
| 2040 | .TP |
|---|
| 2041 | - |
|---|
| 2042 | When using an ISO-10646-1 font and the \fBwideChars\fP resource is true, |
|---|
| 2043 | \fIxterm\fP uses the Unicode glyphs which match the VT100 line-drawing glyphs. |
|---|
| 2044 | .RE |
|---|
| 2045 | .IP |
|---|
| 2046 | If ``false'', \fIxterm\fP checks for missing glyphs in the font |
|---|
| 2047 | and makes line-drawing characters directly as needed. |
|---|
| 2048 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fP assumes the font does not contain the |
|---|
| 2049 | line-drawing characters, and draws them directly. |
|---|
| 2050 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2051 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2052 | .B "foreground (\fPclass\fB Foreground)" |
|---|
| 2053 | Specifies the color to use for displaying text in the window. |
|---|
| 2054 | Setting the |
|---|
| 2055 | class name instead of the instance name is an easy way to have everything |
|---|
| 2056 | that would normally appear in the text color change color. |
|---|
| 2057 | The default |
|---|
| 2058 | is ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 2059 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2060 | .B "formatOtherKeys (\fPclass\fB FormatOtherKeys)" |
|---|
| 2061 | Overrides the format of the escape sequence used to report modified keys |
|---|
| 2062 | with the \fImodifyOtherKeys\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2063 | .RS |
|---|
| 2064 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2065 | 0 |
|---|
| 2066 | send modified keys as parameters for function-key 27 (default). |
|---|
| 2067 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2068 | 1 |
|---|
| 2069 | send modified keys as parameters for CSI\ u. |
|---|
| 2070 | .RE |
|---|
| 2071 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2072 | .B "freeBoldBox (\fPclass\fB FreeBoldBox)" |
|---|
| 2073 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should assume the bounding boxes for |
|---|
| 2074 | normal and bold fonts are compatible. |
|---|
| 2075 | If ``false'', \fIxterm\fP compares them and will reject choices of |
|---|
| 2076 | bold fonts that do not match the size of the normal font. |
|---|
| 2077 | The default is ``false'', which means that the comparison is performed. |
|---|
| 2078 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2079 | .B "geometry (\fPclass\fB Geometry)" |
|---|
| 2080 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the VT102 window. |
|---|
| 2081 | There is no default for this resource. |
|---|
| 2082 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2083 | .B "highlightColor (\fPclass\fB HighlightColor)" |
|---|
| 2084 | Specifies the color to use for the background of selected (highlighted) text. |
|---|
| 2085 | If not specified (i.e., matching the default foreground), reverse video is used. |
|---|
| 2086 | The default is ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 2087 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2088 | .B "highlightColorMode (\fPclass\fB HighlightColorMode)" |
|---|
| 2089 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should use |
|---|
| 2090 | \fBhighlightTextColor\fP and \fBhighlightColor\fP |
|---|
| 2091 | to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection. |
|---|
| 2092 | The default is unspecified: |
|---|
| 2093 | at startup, \fIxterm\fP checks if those resources are set to something |
|---|
| 2094 | other than the default foreground and background colors. |
|---|
| 2095 | Setting this resource disables the check. |
|---|
| 2096 | .IP |
|---|
| 2097 | The following table shows the interaction of the highlighting |
|---|
| 2098 | resources, abbreviated as shown to fit in this page: |
|---|
| 2099 | .RS |
|---|
| 2100 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2101 | HCM |
|---|
| 2102 | highlightColorMode |
|---|
| 2103 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2104 | HR |
|---|
| 2105 | highlightReverse |
|---|
| 2106 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2107 | HBG |
|---|
| 2108 | highlightColor |
|---|
| 2109 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2110 | HFG |
|---|
| 2111 | highlightTextColor |
|---|
| 2112 | .RE |
|---|
| 2113 | .IP |
|---|
| 2114 | .TS |
|---|
| 2115 | l l l l l |
|---|
| 2116 | _ _ _ _ _ |
|---|
| 2117 | l l l l l. |
|---|
| 2118 | \fIHCM\fR \fIHR\fR \fIHBG\fR \fIHFG\fR \fIHighlight\fP |
|---|
| 2119 | false false default default bg/fg\"0 |
|---|
| 2120 | false false default set bg/fg\"1 |
|---|
| 2121 | false false set default fg/HBG\"2 |
|---|
| 2122 | false false set set fg/HBG\"3 |
|---|
| 2123 | = |
|---|
| 2124 | false true default default bg/fg\"4 |
|---|
| 2125 | false true default set bg/fg\"5 |
|---|
| 2126 | false true set default fg/HBG\"6 |
|---|
| 2127 | false true set set fg/HBG\"7 |
|---|
| 2128 | = |
|---|
| 2129 | true false default default bg/fg\"8 |
|---|
| 2130 | true false default set HFG/fg\"9 |
|---|
| 2131 | true false set default bg/HBG\"10 |
|---|
| 2132 | true false set set HFG/HBG\"11 |
|---|
| 2133 | = |
|---|
| 2134 | true true default default fg/fg (useless)\"12 |
|---|
| 2135 | true true default set HFG/fg\"13 |
|---|
| 2136 | true true set default fg/HBG\"14 |
|---|
| 2137 | true true set set HFG/HBG\"15 |
|---|
| 2138 | = |
|---|
| 2139 | default false default default bg/fg\"16 |
|---|
| 2140 | default false default set bg/fg\"17 |
|---|
| 2141 | default false set default fg/HBG\"18 |
|---|
| 2142 | default false set set HFG/HBG\"19 |
|---|
| 2143 | = |
|---|
| 2144 | default true default default bg/fg\"20 |
|---|
| 2145 | default true default set bg/fg\"21 |
|---|
| 2146 | default true set default fg/HBG\"22 |
|---|
| 2147 | default true set set HFG/HBG\"23 |
|---|
| 2148 | = |
|---|
| 2149 | .TE |
|---|
| 2150 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2151 | .B "highlightReverse (\fPclass\fB HighlightReverse)" |
|---|
| 2152 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should reverse the selection foreground |
|---|
| 2153 | and background colors when selecting text with reverse-video attribute. |
|---|
| 2154 | This applies only to |
|---|
| 2155 | the \fBhighlightColor\fP and \fBhighlightTextColor\fP resources, |
|---|
| 2156 | e.g., to match the color scheme of \fIxwsh\fP. |
|---|
| 2157 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fP reverses the colors, |
|---|
| 2158 | If ``false'', \fIxterm\fP does not reverse colors, |
|---|
| 2159 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2160 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2161 | .B "highlightSelection (\fPclass\fB HighlightSelection)" |
|---|
| 2162 | If ``false'', selecting with the mouse highlights all positions on the screen |
|---|
| 2163 | between the beginning of the selection and the current position. |
|---|
| 2164 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fP highlights only the positions that contain text that |
|---|
| 2165 | can be selected. |
|---|
| 2166 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2167 | .IP |
|---|
| 2168 | Depending on the way your applications write to the screen, there may |
|---|
| 2169 | be trailing blanks on a line. |
|---|
| 2170 | \fIXterm\fP stores data as it is shown on the screen. |
|---|
| 2171 | Erasing the display changes the internal state of each cell |
|---|
| 2172 | so it is not considered a blank for the purpose of selection. |
|---|
| 2173 | Blanks written since the last erase are selectable. |
|---|
| 2174 | If you do not wish to have trailing blanks in a selection, |
|---|
| 2175 | use the \fBtrimSelection\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2176 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2177 | .B "highlightTextColor (\fPclass\fB HighlightTextColor)" |
|---|
| 2178 | Specifies the color to use for the foreground of selected (highlighted) text. |
|---|
| 2179 | If not specified (i.e., matching the default background), reverse video is used. |
|---|
| 2180 | The default is ``XtDefaultBackground.'' |
|---|
| 2181 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2182 | .B "hpLowerleftBugCompat (\fPclass\fB HpLowerleftBugCompat)" |
|---|
| 2183 | Specifies whether to work around a bug in HP's \fIxdb\fP, |
|---|
| 2184 | which ignores termcap and always sends |
|---|
| 2185 | ESC F to move to the lower left corner. |
|---|
| 2186 | ``true'' causes \fIxterm\fP to interpret ESC F as a request to move to the |
|---|
| 2187 | lower left corner of the screen. |
|---|
| 2188 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2189 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2190 | .B "i18nSelections (\fPclass\fB I18nSelections)" |
|---|
| 2191 | If false, \fIxterm\fP will never request the targets |
|---|
| 2192 | .B COMPOUND_TEXT |
|---|
| 2193 | or |
|---|
| 2194 | .BR TEXT . |
|---|
| 2195 | The default is ``true.'' It may be set to false in order to work around |
|---|
| 2196 | ICCCM violations by other X clients. |
|---|
| 2197 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2198 | .B "iconBorderColor (\fPclass\fB BorderColor)" |
|---|
| 2199 | Specifies the border color for the active icon window if this feature |
|---|
| 2200 | is compiled into \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 2201 | Not all window managers will make the icon |
|---|
| 2202 | border visible. |
|---|
| 2203 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2204 | .B "iconBorderWidth (\fPclass\fB BorderWidth)" |
|---|
| 2205 | Specifies the border width for the active icon window if this feature |
|---|
| 2206 | is compiled into \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 2207 | The default is 2. |
|---|
| 2208 | Not all window managers will make the border visible. |
|---|
| 2209 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2210 | .B "iconFont (\fPclass\fB IconFont)" |
|---|
| 2211 | Specifies the font for the miniature active icon window, if this feature |
|---|
| 2212 | is compiled into \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 2213 | The default is "nil2". |
|---|
| 2214 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2215 | .B "initialFont (\fPclass\fB InitialFont)" |
|---|
| 2216 | Specifies which of the VT100 fonts to use initially. |
|---|
| 2217 | Values are the same as for the \fIset-vt-font\fP action. |
|---|
| 2218 | The default is ``d'', i.e., "default". |
|---|
| 2219 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2220 | .B "internalBorder (\fPclass\fB BorderWidth)" |
|---|
| 2221 | Specifies the number of pixels between the characters and the window border. |
|---|
| 2222 | The default is 2. |
|---|
| 2223 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2224 | .B "italicULMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)" |
|---|
| 2225 | Specifies whether characters with the underline attribute should be displayed |
|---|
| 2226 | in an italic font or as underlined characters. |
|---|
| 2227 | It is implemented only for TrueType fonts. |
|---|
| 2228 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2229 | .B "jumpScroll (\fPclass\fB JumpScroll)" |
|---|
| 2230 | Specifies whether or not jump scroll should be used. |
|---|
| 2231 | This corresponds to the VT102 DECSCLM private mode. |
|---|
| 2232 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2233 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2234 | .B "keepSelection (\fPclass\fB KeepSelection)" |
|---|
| 2235 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fR will keep the selection even after the |
|---|
| 2236 | selected area was touched by some output to the terminal. |
|---|
| 2237 | The default is ``false''. |
|---|
| 2238 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2239 | .B "keyboardDialect (\fPclass\fB KeyboardDialect)" |
|---|
| 2240 | Specifies the initial keyboard dialect, as well as the default value when |
|---|
| 2241 | the terminal is reset. |
|---|
| 2242 | The value given is the same as the final character in the control sequences |
|---|
| 2243 | which change character sets. |
|---|
| 2244 | The default is ``B'', which corresponds to US ASCII. |
|---|
| 2245 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2246 | .B "\fIname\fP\fBKeymap\fP (class\fB \fIName\fP\fBKeymap\fP)" |
|---|
| 2247 | See the discussion of the \fBkeymap()\fP action. |
|---|
| 2248 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2249 | .B "limitResize (\fPclass\fB LimitResize)" |
|---|
| 2250 | Limits resizing of the screen via control sequence to a given multiple of |
|---|
| 2251 | the display dimensions. |
|---|
| 2252 | The default is ``1''. |
|---|
| 2253 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2254 | .B "locale (\fPclass\fB Locale)" |
|---|
| 2255 | Specifies how to use \fIluit\fR, an encoding converter between UTF-8 |
|---|
| 2256 | and locale encodings. |
|---|
| 2257 | The resource value (ignoring case) may be: |
|---|
| 2258 | .RS |
|---|
| 2259 | .TP 4 |
|---|
| 2260 | .I true |
|---|
| 2261 | \fIxterm\fR will use the |
|---|
| 2262 | encoding specified by the users' LC_CTYPE locale (i.e., LC_ALL, |
|---|
| 2263 | LC_CTYPE, or LANG variables) as far as possible. |
|---|
| 2264 | This is realized |
|---|
| 2265 | by always enabling UTF-8 mode and invoking \fIluit\fR in non-UTF-8 |
|---|
| 2266 | locales. |
|---|
| 2267 | .TP |
|---|
| 2268 | .I medium |
|---|
| 2269 | \fIxterm\fR will follow users' |
|---|
| 2270 | LC_CTYPE locale only for UTF-8, east Asian, and Thai locales, |
|---|
| 2271 | where the encodings were not supported by conventional 8bit mode |
|---|
| 2272 | with changing fonts. |
|---|
| 2273 | For other locales, \fIxterm\fR will use conventional 8bit mode. |
|---|
| 2274 | .TP |
|---|
| 2275 | .I checkfont |
|---|
| 2276 | If mini-luit is compiled-in, \fIxterm\fR will check if a Unicode font has |
|---|
| 2277 | been specified. |
|---|
| 2278 | If so, it checks if the character encoding for the |
|---|
| 2279 | current locale is POSIX, Latin-1 or Latin-9, uses the appropriate |
|---|
| 2280 | mapping to support those with the Unicode font. |
|---|
| 2281 | For other encodings, \fIxterm\fR assumes that UTF-8 encoding is required. |
|---|
| 2282 | .TP |
|---|
| 2283 | .I false |
|---|
| 2284 | \fIxterm\fR will use conventional 8bit mode |
|---|
| 2285 | or UTF-8 mode according to \fButf8\fR resource or \fB-u8\fP option. |
|---|
| 2286 | .RE |
|---|
| 2287 | .IP |
|---|
| 2288 | Any other value, e.g., ``UTF-8'' or ``ISO8859-2'', |
|---|
| 2289 | is assumed to be an encoding name; |
|---|
| 2290 | \fIluit\fR will be invoked to support the encoding. |
|---|
| 2291 | The actual list of supported encodings depends on \fIluit\fR. |
|---|
| 2292 | The default is ``medium''. |
|---|
| 2293 | .IP |
|---|
| 2294 | Regardless of your locale and encoding, |
|---|
| 2295 | you need an ISO-10646-1 font to display the result. |
|---|
| 2296 | Your configuration may not include this font, |
|---|
| 2297 | or locale-support by \fIxterm\fP may not be needed. |
|---|
| 2298 | At startup, \fIxterm\fP uses a mechanism equivalent to |
|---|
| 2299 | the \fBload-vt-fonts(utf8Fonts,\ Utf8Fonts)\fP action |
|---|
| 2300 | to load font name subresources of the VT100 widget. |
|---|
| 2301 | That is, |
|---|
| 2302 | resource patterns such as "\fB*vt100.utf8Fonts.font\fP" will be loaded, |
|---|
| 2303 | and (if this resource is enabled), override the normal fonts. |
|---|
| 2304 | If no subresources are found, |
|---|
| 2305 | the normal fonts such as "\fB*vt100.font\fP", etc., are used. |
|---|
| 2306 | The resource files distributed with \fIxterm\fP use ISO-10646-1 fonts, |
|---|
| 2307 | but do not rely on them unless you are using the locale mechanism. |
|---|
| 2308 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2309 | .B "localeFilter (\fPclass\fB LocaleFilter)" |
|---|
| 2310 | Specifies the file name for the encoding converter from/to locale |
|---|
| 2311 | encodings and UTF-8 which is used with the \fB-lc\fR option or \fBlocale\fR resource. |
|---|
| 2312 | The help message shown by ``xterm -help'' lists the default value, |
|---|
| 2313 | which depends on your system configuration. |
|---|
| 2314 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2315 | .B "loginShell (\fPclass\fB LoginShell)" |
|---|
| 2316 | Specifies whether or not the shell to be run in the window should be started |
|---|
| 2317 | as a login shell. |
|---|
| 2318 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2319 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2320 | .B "marginBell (\fPclass\fB MarginBell)" |
|---|
| 2321 | Specifies whether or not the bell should be rung when the user types near the |
|---|
| 2322 | right margin. |
|---|
| 2323 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2324 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2325 | .B "metaSendsEscape (\fPclass\fB MetaSendsEscape\fP)" |
|---|
| 2326 | If ``true'', Meta characters |
|---|
| 2327 | (a character combined with the \fIMeta\fP modifier key) |
|---|
| 2328 | are converted into a two-character |
|---|
| 2329 | sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC. |
|---|
| 2330 | This applies as well to function key control sequences, unless \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 2331 | sees that \fBMeta\fP is used in your key translations. |
|---|
| 2332 | If ``false'', Meta characters input from the keyboard are handled according |
|---|
| 2333 | to the \fBeightBitInput\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2334 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2335 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2336 | .B "mkSamplePass (\fPclass\fB MkSamplePass)" |
|---|
| 2337 | If \fBmkSampleSize\fP is nonzero, |
|---|
| 2338 | and \fBmkWidth\fP (and \fBcjkWidth\fP) are false, |
|---|
| 2339 | on startup \fIxterm\fP compares its built-in tables to the system's |
|---|
| 2340 | wide character width data to decide if it will use the system's data. |
|---|
| 2341 | It tests the first \fBmkSampleSize\fP character values, |
|---|
| 2342 | and allows up to \fBmkSamplePass\fP mismatches before the test fails. |
|---|
| 2343 | The default (for the allowed number of mismatches) is 256. |
|---|
| 2344 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2345 | .B "mkSampleSize (\fPclass\fB MkSampleSize)" |
|---|
| 2346 | With \fBmkSamplePass\fP, this specifies a startup test used for |
|---|
| 2347 | initializing wide character width calculations. |
|---|
| 2348 | The default (number of characters to check) is 1024. |
|---|
| 2349 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2350 | .B "mkWidth (\fPclass\fB MkWidth)" |
|---|
| 2351 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should use a built-in version of the wide |
|---|
| 2352 | character width calculation. |
|---|
| 2353 | See also the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource which can override this. |
|---|
| 2354 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2355 | .IP |
|---|
| 2356 | Here is a summary of the resources which control the choice of |
|---|
| 2357 | wide character width calculation: |
|---|
| 2358 | .TS |
|---|
| 2359 | l l l |
|---|
| 2360 | _ _ _ |
|---|
| 2361 | l l l. |
|---|
| 2362 | \fIcjkWidth\fR \fImkWidth\fR \fIAction\fP |
|---|
| 2363 | false false use system tables subject to \fBmkSamplePass\fP |
|---|
| 2364 | false true use built-in tables |
|---|
| 2365 | true false use built-in CJK tables |
|---|
| 2366 | true true use built-in CJK tables |
|---|
| 2367 | .TE |
|---|
| 2368 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2369 | .B "modifyCursorKeys (\fPclass\fB ModifyCursorKeys\fP)" |
|---|
| 2370 | Tells how to handle the special case where |
|---|
| 2371 | Control-, Shift-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers are used to add a parameter to |
|---|
| 2372 | the escape sequence returned by a cursor-key. |
|---|
| 2373 | The default is ``2'': |
|---|
| 2374 | .IP |
|---|
| 2375 | Set it to -1 to disable it. |
|---|
| 2376 | .br |
|---|
| 2377 | Set it to 0 to use the old/obsolete behavior. |
|---|
| 2378 | .br |
|---|
| 2379 | Set it to 1 to prefix modified sequences with CSI. |
|---|
| 2380 | .br |
|---|
| 2381 | Set it to 2 to force the modifier to be the second parameter if it would |
|---|
| 2382 | otherwise be the first. |
|---|
| 2383 | .br |
|---|
| 2384 | Set it to 3 to mark the sequence with a '>' to hint that it is private. |
|---|
| 2385 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2386 | .B "modifyFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB ModifyFunctionKeys\fP)" |
|---|
| 2387 | Tells how to handle the special case where |
|---|
| 2388 | Control-, Shift-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers are used to add a parameter to |
|---|
| 2389 | the escape sequence returned by a (numbered) function-key. |
|---|
| 2390 | The default is ``2''. |
|---|
| 2391 | The resource values are similar to \fBmodifyCursorKeys\fP: |
|---|
| 2392 | .IP |
|---|
| 2393 | Set it to -1 to permit the user to use shift- and control-modifiers |
|---|
| 2394 | to construct function-key strings using the normal encoding scheme. |
|---|
| 2395 | .br |
|---|
| 2396 | Set it to 0 to use the old/obsolete behavior. |
|---|
| 2397 | .br |
|---|
| 2398 | Set it to 1 to prefix modified sequences with CSI. |
|---|
| 2399 | .br |
|---|
| 2400 | Set it to 2 to force the modifier to be the second parameter if it would |
|---|
| 2401 | otherwise be the first. |
|---|
| 2402 | .br |
|---|
| 2403 | Set it to 3 to mark the sequence with a '>' to hint that it is private. |
|---|
| 2404 | .IP |
|---|
| 2405 | If \fBmodifyFunctionKeys\fP is zero, |
|---|
| 2406 | \fIxterm\fP uses Control- and Shift-modifiers to allow the user to |
|---|
| 2407 | construct numbered function-keys beyond the set provided by the |
|---|
| 2408 | keyboard: |
|---|
| 2409 | .RS |
|---|
| 2410 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 2411 | Control |
|---|
| 2412 | adds the value given by the \fBctrlFKeys\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2413 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 2414 | Shift |
|---|
| 2415 | adds twice the value given by the \fBctrlFKeys\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2416 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 2417 | Control/Shift |
|---|
| 2418 | adds three times the value given by the \fBctrlFKeys\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2419 | .RE |
|---|
| 2420 | .IP |
|---|
| 2421 | As a special case, |
|---|
| 2422 | legacy (when \fBoldFunctionKeys\fP is true) |
|---|
| 2423 | or vt220 (when \fBsunKeyboard\fP is true) keyboards interpret only the |
|---|
| 2424 | Control-modifier when constructing numbered function-keys. |
|---|
| 2425 | This is done to provide compatible keyboards for DEC VT220 and related |
|---|
| 2426 | terminals that implement user-defined keys (UDK). |
|---|
| 2427 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2428 | .B "modifyOtherKeys (\fPclass\fB ModifyOtherKeys\fP)" |
|---|
| 2429 | Like \fBmodifyCursorKeys\fP, tells \fIxterm\fP to construct an |
|---|
| 2430 | escape sequence for other keys (such as "2") when modified by |
|---|
| 2431 | Control-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers. |
|---|
| 2432 | This feature does not apply to function keys and well-defined |
|---|
| 2433 | keys such as ESC or the control keys. |
|---|
| 2434 | The default is ``0'': |
|---|
| 2435 | .RS |
|---|
| 2436 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 2437 | 0 |
|---|
| 2438 | disables this feature. |
|---|
| 2439 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 2440 | 1 |
|---|
| 2441 | enables this feature for keys except for those with |
|---|
| 2442 | well-known behavior, e.g., Tab, Backarrow and some special |
|---|
| 2443 | control character cases, e.g., Control-Space to make a NUL. |
|---|
| 2444 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 2445 | 2 |
|---|
| 2446 | enables this feature for keys including the exceptions listed. |
|---|
| 2447 | .RE |
|---|
| 2448 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2449 | .B "multiClickTime (\fPclass\fB MultiClickTime)" |
|---|
| 2450 | Specifies the maximum time in milliseconds between multi-click select |
|---|
| 2451 | events. |
|---|
| 2452 | The default is 250 milliseconds. |
|---|
| 2453 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2454 | .B "multiScroll (\fPclass\fB MultiScroll)" |
|---|
| 2455 | Specifies whether or not scrolling should be done asynchronously. |
|---|
| 2456 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2457 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2458 | .B "nMarginBell (\fPclass\fB Column)" |
|---|
| 2459 | Specifies the number of characters from the right margin at which the margin |
|---|
| 2460 | bell should be rung, when enabled by the \fBmarginBell\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2461 | The default is 10. |
|---|
| 2462 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2463 | .B "numLock (\fPclass\fB NumLock)" |
|---|
| 2464 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fR checks if NumLock is used as a modifier (see \fIxmodmap\fP(__mansuffix__)). |
|---|
| 2465 | If so, this modifier is used to simplify the logic when implementing special |
|---|
| 2466 | NumLock for the \fBsunKeyboard\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2467 | Also (when \fBsunKeyboard\fP is false), similar logic is used to find the |
|---|
| 2468 | modifier associated with the left and right Alt keys. |
|---|
| 2469 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2470 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2471 | .B "oldXtermFKeys (\fPclass\fB OldXtermFKeys)" |
|---|
| 2472 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fR will use old-style control sequences for function keys F1 to F4, |
|---|
| 2473 | for compatibility with X Consortium \fIxterm\fR. |
|---|
| 2474 | Otherwise, it uses the VT100-style |
|---|
| 2475 | codes for PF1 to PF4. |
|---|
| 2476 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2477 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2478 | .B "on2Clicks (\fPclass\fB On2Clicks)" |
|---|
| 2479 | .TP |
|---|
| 2480 | .B "on3Clicks (\fPclass\fB On3Clicks)" |
|---|
| 2481 | .TP |
|---|
| 2482 | .B "on4Clicks (\fPclass\fB On4Clicks)" |
|---|
| 2483 | .TP |
|---|
| 2484 | .B "on5Clicks (\fPclass\fB On5Clicks)" |
|---|
| 2485 | Specify selection behavior in response to multiple mouse clicks. |
|---|
| 2486 | A single mouse click is always interpreted as described in |
|---|
| 2487 | the \fBSELECTION\fP section (see \fBPOINTER USAGE\fP). |
|---|
| 2488 | Multiple mouse clicks (using the button which activates the \fBselect-start\fP |
|---|
| 2489 | action) are interpreted according to the resource values of |
|---|
| 2490 | \fBon2Clicks\fP, etc. |
|---|
| 2491 | The resource value can be one of these: |
|---|
| 2492 | .RS |
|---|
| 2493 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2494 | word |
|---|
| 2495 | Select a ``word'' as determined by the \fBcharClass\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2496 | See the \fBCHARACTER CLASSES\fP section. |
|---|
| 2497 | .TP |
|---|
| 2498 | line |
|---|
| 2499 | Select a line (counting wrapping). |
|---|
| 2500 | .TP |
|---|
| 2501 | group |
|---|
| 2502 | Select a group of adjacent lines (counting wrapping). |
|---|
| 2503 | The selection stops on a blank line. |
|---|
| 2504 | .TP |
|---|
| 2505 | page |
|---|
| 2506 | Select all visible lines, i.e., the page. |
|---|
| 2507 | .TP |
|---|
| 2508 | all |
|---|
| 2509 | Select all lines, i.e., including the saved lines. |
|---|
| 2510 | .TP |
|---|
| 2511 | regex |
|---|
| 2512 | Select a ``word'' as determined by the regular expression which |
|---|
| 2513 | follows in the resource value. |
|---|
| 2514 | .TP |
|---|
| 2515 | none |
|---|
| 2516 | No selection action is associated with this resource. |
|---|
| 2517 | \fIxterm\fP interprets it as the end of the list. |
|---|
| 2518 | For example, you may use it to disable triple (and higher) clicking |
|---|
| 2519 | by setting \fBon3Clicks\fP to ``none''. |
|---|
| 2520 | .RE |
|---|
| 2521 | .IP |
|---|
| 2522 | The default values for \fBon2Clicks\fP and \fBon3Clicks\fP are |
|---|
| 2523 | ``word'' and ``line'', respectively. |
|---|
| 2524 | There is no default value for \fBon4Clicks\fP or \fBon5Clicks\fP, |
|---|
| 2525 | making those inactive. |
|---|
| 2526 | On startup, \fIxterm\fP determines the maximum number of clicks |
|---|
| 2527 | by the \fBon\fP\fIX\fP\fBClicks\fP resource values which are set. |
|---|
| 2528 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2529 | .B "pointerColor (\fPclass\fB PointerColor)" |
|---|
| 2530 | Specifies the foreground color of the pointer. |
|---|
| 2531 | The default is |
|---|
| 2532 | ``XtDefaultForeground.'' |
|---|
| 2533 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2534 | .B "pointerColorBackground (\fPclass\fB PointerColorBackground)" |
|---|
| 2535 | Specifies the background color of the pointer. |
|---|
| 2536 | The default is |
|---|
| 2537 | ``XtDefaultBackground.'' |
|---|
| 2538 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2539 | .B "pointerMode (\fPclass\fB PointerMode)" |
|---|
| 2540 | Specifies when the pointer may be hidden as the user types. |
|---|
| 2541 | It will be redisplayed if the user moves the mouse, |
|---|
| 2542 | or clicks one of its buttons. |
|---|
| 2543 | .RS |
|---|
| 2544 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2545 | 0 |
|---|
| 2546 | never |
|---|
| 2547 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2548 | 1 |
|---|
| 2549 | the application running in \fIxterm\fP has not activated mouse mode. |
|---|
| 2550 | This is the default. |
|---|
| 2551 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2552 | 2 |
|---|
| 2553 | always. |
|---|
| 2554 | .RE |
|---|
| 2555 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2556 | .B "pointerShape (\fPclass\fB Cursor)" |
|---|
| 2557 | Specifies the name of the shape of the pointer. |
|---|
| 2558 | The default is ``xterm.'' |
|---|
| 2559 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2560 | .B "popOnBell (\fPclass\fB PopOnBell)" |
|---|
| 2561 | Specifies whether the window would be raised when Control-G is received. |
|---|
| 2562 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2563 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2564 | .B "printAttributes (\fPclass\fB PrintAttributes)" |
|---|
| 2565 | Specifies whether to print graphic attributes along with the text. |
|---|
| 2566 | A real DEC VTxxx terminal will print the underline, highlighting codes |
|---|
| 2567 | but your printer may not handle these. |
|---|
| 2568 | A ``0'' disables the attributes. |
|---|
| 2569 | A ``1'' prints the normal set of attributes (bold, underline, inverse and blink) |
|---|
| 2570 | as VT100-style control sequences. |
|---|
| 2571 | A ``2'' prints ANSI color attributes as well. |
|---|
| 2572 | The default is ``1.'' |
|---|
| 2573 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2574 | .B "printerAutoClose (\fPclass\fB PrinterAutoClose)" |
|---|
| 2575 | If ``true'', \fIxterm\fR will close the printer (a pipe) when the application switches |
|---|
| 2576 | the printer offline with a Media Copy command. |
|---|
| 2577 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2578 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2579 | .B "printerCommand (\fPclass\fB PrinterCommand)" |
|---|
| 2580 | Specifies a shell command to which |
|---|
| 2581 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 2582 | will open a pipe when the first |
|---|
| 2583 | MC (Media Copy) command is initiated. |
|---|
| 2584 | The default is a blank string. |
|---|
| 2585 | If the resource value is given as a blank string, the printer is disabled. |
|---|
| 2586 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2587 | .B "printerControlMode (\fPclass\fB PrinterControlMode)" |
|---|
| 2588 | Specifies the printer control mode. |
|---|
| 2589 | A ``1'' selects autoprint mode, which causes |
|---|
| 2590 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 2591 | to print a line from the screen when you move the cursor off that |
|---|
| 2592 | line with a line feed, form feed or vertical tab character, or an |
|---|
| 2593 | autowrap occurs. |
|---|
| 2594 | Autoprint mode is overridden by printer controller mode (a ``2''), |
|---|
| 2595 | which causes all of the output to be directed to the printer. |
|---|
| 2596 | The default is ``0.'' |
|---|
| 2597 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2598 | .B "printerExtent (\fPclass\fB PrinterExtent)" |
|---|
| 2599 | Controls whether a print page function will print the entire page (true), or |
|---|
| 2600 | only the the portion within the scrolling margins (false). |
|---|
| 2601 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2602 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2603 | .B "printerFormFeed (\fPclass\fB PrinterFormFeed)" |
|---|
| 2604 | Controls whether a form feed is sent to the printer at the end of a print |
|---|
| 2605 | page function. |
|---|
| 2606 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2607 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2608 | .B "quietGrab (\fPclass\fB QuietGrab)" |
|---|
| 2609 | Controls whether the cursor is repainted |
|---|
| 2610 | when \fINotifyGrab\fP and \fINotifyUngrab\fP |
|---|
| 2611 | event types are received during change of focus. |
|---|
| 2612 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2613 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2614 | .B "renderFont (\fPclass\fB RenderFont)" |
|---|
| 2615 | If \fIxterm\fR is built with the Xft library, |
|---|
| 2616 | this controls whether the \fBfaceName\fR resource is used. |
|---|
| 2617 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2618 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2619 | .B "resizeGravity (\fPclass\fB ResizeGravity)" |
|---|
| 2620 | Affects the behavior when the window is resized to be taller or |
|---|
| 2621 | shorter. |
|---|
| 2622 | \fBNorthWest\fP |
|---|
| 2623 | specifies that the top line of text on the screen stay fixed. |
|---|
| 2624 | If the window |
|---|
| 2625 | is made shorter, lines are dropped from the bottom; if the window is |
|---|
| 2626 | made taller, blank lines are added at the bottom. |
|---|
| 2627 | This is compatible |
|---|
| 2628 | with the behavior in R4. |
|---|
| 2629 | \fBSouthWest\fP (the default) specifies that |
|---|
| 2630 | the bottom line of text on the screen stay fixed. |
|---|
| 2631 | If the window is |
|---|
| 2632 | made taller, additional saved lines will be scrolled down onto the |
|---|
| 2633 | screen; if the window is made shorter, lines will be scrolled off the |
|---|
| 2634 | top of the screen, and the top saved lines will be dropped. |
|---|
| 2635 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2636 | .B "reverseVideo (\fPclass\fB ReverseVideo)" |
|---|
| 2637 | Specifies whether or not reverse video should be simulated. |
|---|
| 2638 | The default is |
|---|
| 2639 | ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2640 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2641 | .B "reverseWrap (\fPclass\fB ReverseWrap)" |
|---|
| 2642 | Specifies whether or not reverse-wraparound should be enabled. |
|---|
| 2643 | This corresponds to \fIxterm\fP's private mode 45. |
|---|
| 2644 | The default is |
|---|
| 2645 | ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2646 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2647 | .B "rightScrollBar (\fPclass\fB RightScrollBar)" |
|---|
| 2648 | Specifies whether or not the scrollbar should be displayed on the right |
|---|
| 2649 | rather than the left. |
|---|
| 2650 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2651 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2652 | .B "saveLines (\fPclass\fB SaveLines)" |
|---|
| 2653 | Specifies the number of lines to save beyond the top of the screen when a |
|---|
| 2654 | scrollbar is turned on. |
|---|
| 2655 | The default is 64. |
|---|
| 2656 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2657 | .B "scrollBar (\fPclass\fB ScrollBar)" |
|---|
| 2658 | Specifies whether or not the scrollbar should be displayed. |
|---|
| 2659 | The default is |
|---|
| 2660 | ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2661 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2662 | .B "scrollBarBorder (\fPclass\fB ScrollBarBorder)" |
|---|
| 2663 | Specifies the width of the scrollbar border. |
|---|
| 2664 | Note that this is drawn to overlap the border of the \fIxterm\fP window. |
|---|
| 2665 | Modifying the scrollbar's border affects only the line between the VT100 |
|---|
| 2666 | widget and the scrollbar. |
|---|
| 2667 | The default value is 1. |
|---|
| 2668 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2669 | .B "scrollKey (\fPclass\fB ScrollCond)" |
|---|
| 2670 | Specifies whether or not pressing a key should automatically cause the |
|---|
| 2671 | scrollbar to go to the bottom of the scrolling region. |
|---|
| 2672 | This corresponds to \fIxterm\fP's private mode 1011. |
|---|
| 2673 | The default is |
|---|
| 2674 | ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2675 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2676 | .B "scrollLines (\fPclass\fB ScrollLines)" |
|---|
| 2677 | Specifies the number of lines that the \fIscroll-back\fP and |
|---|
| 2678 | \fIscroll-forw\fP actions should use as a default. |
|---|
| 2679 | The default value is 1. |
|---|
| 2680 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2681 | .B "scrollTtyOutput (\fPclass\fB ScrollCond)" |
|---|
| 2682 | Specifies whether or not output to the terminal should automatically cause |
|---|
| 2683 | the scrollbar to go to the bottom of the scrolling region. |
|---|
| 2684 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2685 | .TP |
|---|
| 2686 | .B "selectToClipboard (\fPclass\fB SelectToClipboard)" |
|---|
| 2687 | Tells \fIxterm\fP whether to use the PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD for |
|---|
| 2688 | SELECT tokens in the selection mechanism. |
|---|
| 2689 | The \fBset-select\fP action can change this at runtime, |
|---|
| 2690 | allowing the user to work with programs that handle only one of these |
|---|
| 2691 | mechanisms. |
|---|
| 2692 | The default is ``false'', which tells it to use PRIMARY. |
|---|
| 2693 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2694 | .B "shiftFonts (\fPclass\fB ShiftFonts)" |
|---|
| 2695 | Specifies whether to enable the actions |
|---|
| 2696 | \fBlarger-vt-font()\fP and |
|---|
| 2697 | \fBsmaller-vt-font()\fP, which are normally bound to |
|---|
| 2698 | the shifted KP_Add and KP_Subtract. |
|---|
| 2699 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2700 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2701 | .B "showBlinkAsBold (\fPclass\fB ShowBlinkAsBold)" |
|---|
| 2702 | Tells \fIxterm\fP whether to display text with blink-attribute the same |
|---|
| 2703 | as bold. |
|---|
| 2704 | If \fIxterm\fP has not been configured to support blinking text, |
|---|
| 2705 | the default is ``true.'', which corresponds to older versions of \fIxterm\fP, |
|---|
| 2706 | otherwise the default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2707 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2708 | .B "showMissingGlyphs (\fPclass\fB ShowMissingGlyphs)" |
|---|
| 2709 | Tells \fIxterm\fP whether to display a box outlining places where |
|---|
| 2710 | a character has been used that the font does not represent. |
|---|
| 2711 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2712 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2713 | .B "signalInhibit (\fPclass\fB SignalInhibit)" |
|---|
| 2714 | Specifies whether or not the entries in the ``Main Options'' menu for sending |
|---|
| 2715 | signals to \fIxterm\fP should be disallowed. |
|---|
| 2716 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2717 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2718 | .B "tekGeometry (\fPclass\fB Geometry)" |
|---|
| 2719 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 2720 | There is no default for this resource. |
|---|
| 2721 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2722 | .B "tekInhibit (\fPclass\fB TekInhibit)" |
|---|
| 2723 | Specifies whether or not |
|---|
| 2724 | the escape sequence to enter |
|---|
| 2725 | Tektronix mode should be ignored. |
|---|
| 2726 | The default is |
|---|
| 2727 | ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2728 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2729 | .B "tekSmall (\fPclass\fB TekSmall)" |
|---|
| 2730 | Specifies whether or not the Tektronix mode window should start in its smallest |
|---|
| 2731 | size if no explicit geometry is given. |
|---|
| 2732 | This is useful when running \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 2733 | on displays with small screens. |
|---|
| 2734 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2735 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2736 | .B "tekStartup (\fPclass\fB TekStartup)" |
|---|
| 2737 | Specifies whether or not \fIxterm\fP should start up in Tektronix mode. |
|---|
| 2738 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2739 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2740 | .B "tiXtraScroll (\fPclass\fB TiXtraScroll)" |
|---|
| 2741 | Specifies whether \fIxterm\fP should scroll to a new page when processing |
|---|
| 2742 | the \fIti\fP termcap entry, i.e., the private modes 47, 1047 or 1049. |
|---|
| 2743 | This is only in effect if \fBtiteInhibit\fP is ``true'', |
|---|
| 2744 | because the intent of this option is to provide a picture of the full-screen |
|---|
| 2745 | application's display on the scrollback without wiping out the text that |
|---|
| 2746 | would be shown before the application was initialized. |
|---|
| 2747 | The default for this resource is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2748 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2749 | .B "titeInhibit (\fPclass\fB TiteInhibit)" |
|---|
| 2750 | Specifies whether or not \fIxterm\fP should remove \fIti\fP and \fIte\fP |
|---|
| 2751 | termcap entries (used to switch between alternate screens on startup of many |
|---|
| 2752 | screen-oriented programs) from the TERMCAP string. |
|---|
| 2753 | If set, |
|---|
| 2754 | \fIxterm\fP also ignores the escape sequence to switch to the |
|---|
| 2755 | alternate screen. |
|---|
| 2756 | \fIXterm\fP supports terminfo in a different way, supporting composite control |
|---|
| 2757 | sequences (also known as private modes) 1047, 1048 and 1049 which have the same |
|---|
| 2758 | effect as the original 47 control sequence. |
|---|
| 2759 | The default for this resource is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2760 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2761 | .B "translations (\fPclass\fB Translations)" |
|---|
| 2762 | Specifies the key and button bindings for menus, selections, ``programmed |
|---|
| 2763 | strings,'' etc. |
|---|
| 2764 | The \fBtranslations\fP resource, |
|---|
| 2765 | which provides much of \fIxterm\fP's configurability, |
|---|
| 2766 | is a feature of the X Toolkit Intrinsics library (Xt). |
|---|
| 2767 | See the \fBACTIONS\fP section. |
|---|
| 2768 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2769 | .B "trimSelection (\fPclass\fB TrimSelection)" |
|---|
| 2770 | If you set \fBhighlightSelection\fP, |
|---|
| 2771 | you can see the text which is selected, including any trailing spaces. |
|---|
| 2772 | Clearing the screen (or a line) resets it to a state containing no spaces. |
|---|
| 2773 | Some lines may contain trailing spaces when an application writes them to |
|---|
| 2774 | the screen. |
|---|
| 2775 | However, you may not wish to paste lines with trailing spaces. |
|---|
| 2776 | If this resource is true, \fIxterm\fP will trim trailing spaces from |
|---|
| 2777 | text which is selected. |
|---|
| 2778 | It does not affect spaces which result in a wrapped line, nor will it |
|---|
| 2779 | trim the trailing newline from your selection. |
|---|
| 2780 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2781 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2782 | .B "underLine (\fPclass\fB UnderLine)" |
|---|
| 2783 | This specifies whether or not text with the underline attribute should be |
|---|
| 2784 | underlined. |
|---|
| 2785 | It may be desirable to disable underlining when color is being |
|---|
| 2786 | used for the underline attribute. |
|---|
| 2787 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2788 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2789 | .B "useClipping (\fPclass\fB UseClipping)" |
|---|
| 2790 | Tell \fIxterm\fP whether to use clipping to keep |
|---|
| 2791 | from producing dots outside the text drawing area. |
|---|
| 2792 | Originally used to work around for overstriking effects, |
|---|
| 2793 | this is also needed to work with some incorrectly-sized fonts. |
|---|
| 2794 | The default is ``true.'' |
|---|
| 2795 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2796 | .B "utf8 (\fPclass\fB Utf8)" |
|---|
| 2797 | This specifies whether \fIxterm\fP will run in UTF-8 mode. |
|---|
| 2798 | If you set this resource, \fIxterm\fP also sets the \fBwideChars\fP resource as a side-effect. |
|---|
| 2799 | The resource is an integer, expected to range from 0 to 3: |
|---|
| 2800 | .RS |
|---|
| 2801 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 2802 | 0 |
|---|
| 2803 | UTF-8 mode is initially off. |
|---|
| 2804 | The command-line option \fB+u8\fP sets the resource to this value. |
|---|
| 2805 | Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed. |
|---|
| 2806 | .TP |
|---|
| 2807 | 1 |
|---|
| 2808 | UTF-8 mode is initially on. |
|---|
| 2809 | Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed. |
|---|
| 2810 | .TP |
|---|
| 2811 | 2 |
|---|
| 2812 | The command-line option \fB-u8\fP sets the resource to this value. |
|---|
| 2813 | Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are ignored. |
|---|
| 2814 | .TP |
|---|
| 2815 | 3 |
|---|
| 2816 | This is the default value of the resource. |
|---|
| 2817 | It is changed during initialization depending on |
|---|
| 2818 | whether the \fBlocale\fP resource was set, to 0 or 2. |
|---|
| 2819 | See the \fBlocale\fR resource for additional discussion of non-UTF-8 locales. |
|---|
| 2820 | .RE |
|---|
| 2821 | .IP |
|---|
| 2822 | If you want to set the value of \fButf8\fP, it should be in this range. |
|---|
| 2823 | Other nonzero values are treated the same as ``1'', |
|---|
| 2824 | i.e., UTF-8 mode is initially on, and |
|---|
| 2825 | escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed. |
|---|
| 2826 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2827 | .B "utf8Fonts (\fPclass\fB Utf8Fonts)" |
|---|
| 2828 | See the discussion of the \fBlocale\fP resource. |
|---|
| 2829 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2830 | .B "utf8Latin1 (\fPclass\fB Utf8Latin1)" |
|---|
| 2831 | If true, |
|---|
| 2832 | allow an ISO-8859-1 \fInormal\fP |
|---|
| 2833 | font to be combined with an ISO-10646 font if the latter is given |
|---|
| 2834 | via the \fB-fw\fP option or its corresponding resource value. |
|---|
| 2835 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2836 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2837 | .B "utf8Title (\fPclass\fB Utf8Title)" |
|---|
| 2838 | Applications can set \fIxterm\fP's title by writing a control sequence. |
|---|
| 2839 | Normally this control sequence follows the VT220 convention, |
|---|
| 2840 | which encodes the string in ISO-8859-1 and |
|---|
| 2841 | allows for an 8-bit string terminator. |
|---|
| 2842 | If \fIxterm\fP is started in a UTF-8 locale, |
|---|
| 2843 | it translates the ISO-8859-1 string to UTF-8 to work with the X libraries |
|---|
| 2844 | which assume the string is UTF-8. |
|---|
| 2845 | .IP |
|---|
| 2846 | However, some users may wish to write a title string encoded in UTF-8. |
|---|
| 2847 | Set this resource to ``true'' to allow UTF-8 encoded title strings. |
|---|
| 2848 | That cancels the translation to UTF-8, |
|---|
| 2849 | allowing UTF-8 strings to be displayed as is. |
|---|
| 2850 | .IP |
|---|
| 2851 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2852 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2853 | .B "veryBoldColors (\fPclass\fB VeryBoldColors)" |
|---|
| 2854 | Specifies whether to combine video attributes with colors specified by |
|---|
| 2855 | \fBcolorBD\fR, \fBcolorBL\fR, \fBcolorRV\fR and \fBcolorUL\fR. |
|---|
| 2856 | The resource value is the sum of values for each attribute: |
|---|
| 2857 | .RS 10 |
|---|
| 2858 | .nf |
|---|
| 2859 | 1 for reverse, |
|---|
| 2860 | 2 for underline, |
|---|
| 2861 | 4 for bold and |
|---|
| 2862 | 8 for blink. |
|---|
| 2863 | .fi |
|---|
| 2864 | .RE |
|---|
| 2865 | .IP |
|---|
| 2866 | The default is ``0.'' |
|---|
| 2867 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2868 | .B "visualBell (\fPclass\fB VisualBell)" |
|---|
| 2869 | Specifies whether or not a visible bell (i.e., flashing) should be used instead |
|---|
| 2870 | of an audible bell when Control-G is received. |
|---|
| 2871 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2872 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2873 | .B "visualBellDelay (\fPclass\fB VisualBellDelay)" |
|---|
| 2874 | Number of milliseconds to delay when displaying a visual bell. |
|---|
| 2875 | Default is 100. |
|---|
| 2876 | If set to zero, no visual bell is displayed. |
|---|
| 2877 | This is useful for very slow displays, e.g., an LCD display on a laptop. |
|---|
| 2878 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2879 | .B "vt100Graphics (\fPclass\fB VT100Graphics)" |
|---|
| 2880 | This specifies whether \fIxterm\fP will interpret VT100 graphic character |
|---|
| 2881 | escape sequences while in UTF-8 mode. |
|---|
| 2882 | The default is ``true'', to provide support for various legacy applications. |
|---|
| 2883 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2884 | .B "wideBoldFont (\fPclass\fB WideBoldFont)" |
|---|
| 2885 | This option specifies the font to be used for displaying bold wide text. |
|---|
| 2886 | By default, |
|---|
| 2887 | it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to |
|---|
| 2888 | draw bold text. |
|---|
| 2889 | If no doublewidth font is found, it will improvise, by stretching |
|---|
| 2890 | the bold font. |
|---|
| 2891 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2892 | .B "wideChars (\fPclass\fB WideChars)" |
|---|
| 2893 | Specifies if \fIxterm\fP should respond to control sequences that |
|---|
| 2894 | process 16-bit characters. |
|---|
| 2895 | The default is ``false.'' |
|---|
| 2896 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2897 | .B "wideFont (\fPclass\fB WideFont)" |
|---|
| 2898 | This option specifies the font to be used for displaying wide text. |
|---|
| 2899 | By default, |
|---|
| 2900 | it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to |
|---|
| 2901 | draw normal text. |
|---|
| 2902 | If no doublewidth font is found, it will improvise, by stretching |
|---|
| 2903 | the normal font. |
|---|
| 2904 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2905 | .B "ximFont (\fPclass\fB XimFont)" |
|---|
| 2906 | This option specifies the font to be used for displaying the preedit string |
|---|
| 2907 | in the "OverTheSpot" input method. |
|---|
| 2908 | .IP |
|---|
| 2909 | In "OverTheSpot" preedit type, the preedit (preconversion) |
|---|
| 2910 | string is displayed at the position of the cursor. |
|---|
| 2911 | It is the XIM server's responsibility to display the preedit string. |
|---|
| 2912 | The XIM client must inform the XIM server of the cursor position. |
|---|
| 2913 | For best results, the preedit string must be displayed with a proper font. |
|---|
| 2914 | Therefore, \fIxterm\fP informs the XIM server of the proper font. |
|---|
| 2915 | The font is be supplied by a "fontset", whose default value is "*". |
|---|
| 2916 | This matches every font, the X library automatically chooses fonts with |
|---|
| 2917 | proper charsets. |
|---|
| 2918 | The \fBximFont\fP resource is provided to override this default font setting. |
|---|
| 2919 | .\" |
|---|
| 2920 | .SS Tek4014 Widget Resources |
|---|
| 2921 | .PP |
|---|
| 2922 | The following resources are specified |
|---|
| 2923 | as part of the \fItek4014\fP widget (class \fITek4014\fP). |
|---|
| 2924 | These are specified by patterns such as "\fBXTerm.tek4014.\fP\fINAME\fP": |
|---|
| 2925 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2926 | .B "font2 (\fPclass\fB Font)" |
|---|
| 2927 | Specifies font number 2 to use in the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 2928 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2929 | .B "font3 (\fPclass\fB Font)" |
|---|
| 2930 | Specifies font number 3 to use in the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 2931 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2932 | .B "fontLarge (\fPclass\fB Font)" |
|---|
| 2933 | Specifies the large font to use in the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 2934 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2935 | .B "fontSmall (\fPclass\fB Font)" |
|---|
| 2936 | Specifies the small font to use in the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 2937 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2938 | .B "ginTerminator (\fPclass\fB GinTerminator)" |
|---|
| 2939 | Specifies what character(s) should follow a GIN report or status report. |
|---|
| 2940 | The possibilities are ``none,'' which sends no terminating characters, |
|---|
| 2941 | ``CRonly,'' which sends CR, and ``CR&EOT,'' which sends both CR and EOT. |
|---|
| 2942 | The default is ``none.'' |
|---|
| 2943 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2944 | .B "height (\fPclass\fB Height)" |
|---|
| 2945 | Specifies the height of the Tektronix window in pixels. |
|---|
| 2946 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2947 | .B "initialFont (\fPclass\fB InitialFont)" |
|---|
| 2948 | Specifies which of the four Tektronix fonts to use initially. |
|---|
| 2949 | Values are the same as for the \fIset-tek-text\fP action. |
|---|
| 2950 | The default is ``large.'' |
|---|
| 2951 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2952 | .B "width (\fPclass\fB Width)" |
|---|
| 2953 | Specifies the width of the Tektronix window in pixels. |
|---|
| 2954 | .\" |
|---|
| 2955 | .SS Menu Resources |
|---|
| 2956 | .PP |
|---|
| 2957 | The resources that may be specified for the various menus are described in |
|---|
| 2958 | the documentation for the Athena \fBSimpleMenu\fP widget. |
|---|
| 2959 | The name and classes |
|---|
| 2960 | of the entries in each of the menus are listed below. |
|---|
| 2961 | Resources named "\fBline\fR\fIN\fR" where \fIN\fR is a number |
|---|
| 2962 | are separators with class \fBSmeLine\fR. |
|---|
| 2963 | . |
|---|
| 2964 | .PP |
|---|
| 2965 | The \fImainMenu\fP has the following entries: |
|---|
| 2966 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2967 | .B "toolbar (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2968 | This entry invokes the \fBset-toolbar(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 2969 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2970 | .B "securekbd (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2971 | This entry invokes the \fBsecure()\fP action. |
|---|
| 2972 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2973 | .B "allowsends (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2974 | This entry invokes the \fBallow-send-events(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 2975 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2976 | .B "redraw (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2977 | This entry invokes the \fBredraw()\fP action. |
|---|
| 2978 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2979 | .B "logging (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2980 | This entry invokes the \fBlogging(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 2981 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2982 | .B "print (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2983 | This entry invokes the \fBprint()\fP action. |
|---|
| 2984 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2985 | .B "print-redir (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2986 | This entry invokes the \fBprint-redir()\fP action. |
|---|
| 2987 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2988 | .B "8-bit-control (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2989 | This entry invokes the \fBset-8-bit-control(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 2990 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2991 | .B "backarrow\ key (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2992 | This entry invokes the \fBset-backarrow(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 2993 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2994 | .B "num-lock (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2995 | This entry invokes the \fBset-num-lock(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 2996 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 2997 | .B "alt-esc (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 2998 | This entry invokes the \fBalt-sends-escape(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 2999 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3000 | .B "meta-esc (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3001 | This entry invokes the \fBmeta-sends-escape(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3002 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3003 | .B "delete-is-del (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3004 | This entry invokes the \fBdelete-is-del(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3005 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3006 | .B "oldFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3007 | This entry invokes the \fBold-function-keys(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3008 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3009 | .B "hpFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3010 | This entry invokes the \fBhp-function-keys(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3011 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3012 | .B "scoFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3013 | This entry invokes the \fBsco-function-keys(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3014 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3015 | .B "sunFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3016 | This entry invokes the \fBsun-function-keys(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3017 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3018 | .B "sunKeyboard (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3019 | This entry invokes the \fBsunKeyboard(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3020 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3021 | .B "suspend (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3022 | This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(tstp)\fP action on systems that |
|---|
| 3023 | support job control. |
|---|
| 3024 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3025 | .B "continue (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3026 | This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(cont)\fP action on systems that |
|---|
| 3027 | support job control. |
|---|
| 3028 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3029 | .B "interrupt (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3030 | This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(int)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3031 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3032 | .B "hangup (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3033 | This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(hup)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3034 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3035 | .B "terminate (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3036 | This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(term)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3037 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3038 | .B "kill (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3039 | This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(kill)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3040 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3041 | .B "quit (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3042 | This entry invokes the \fBquit()\fP action. |
|---|
| 3043 | . |
|---|
| 3044 | .PP |
|---|
| 3045 | The \fIvtMenu\fP has the following entries: |
|---|
| 3046 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3047 | .B "scrollbar (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3048 | This entry invokes the \fBset-scrollbar(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3049 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3050 | .B "jumpscroll (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3051 | This entry invokes the \fBset-jumpscroll(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3052 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3053 | .B "reversevideo (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3054 | This entry invokes the \fBset-reverse-video(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3055 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3056 | .B "autowrap (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3057 | This entry invokes the \fBset-autowrap(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3058 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3059 | .B "reversewrap (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3060 | This entry invokes the \fBset-reversewrap(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3061 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3062 | .B "autolinefeed (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3063 | This entry invokes the \fBset-autolinefeed(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3064 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3065 | .B "appcursor (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3066 | This entry invokes the \fBset-appcursor(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3067 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3068 | .B "appkeypad (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3069 | This entry invokes the \fBset-appkeypad(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3070 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3071 | .B "scrollkey (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3072 | This entry invokes the \fBset-scroll-on-key(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3073 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3074 | .B "scrollttyoutput (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3075 | This entry invokes the \fBset-scroll-on-tty-output(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3076 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3077 | .B "allow132 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3078 | This entry invokes the \fBset-allow132(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3079 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3080 | .B "cursesemul (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3081 | This entry invokes the \fBset-cursesemul(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3082 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3083 | .B "visualbell (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3084 | This entry invokes the \fBset-visualbell(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3085 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3086 | .B "bellIsUrgent (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3087 | This entry invokes the \fBset-bellIsUrgent(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3088 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3089 | .B "poponbell (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3090 | This entry invokes the \fBset-poponbell(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3091 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3092 | .B "cursorblink (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3093 | This entry invokes the \fBset-cursorblink(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3094 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3095 | .B "titeInhibit (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3096 | This entry invokes the \fBset-titeInhibit(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3097 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3098 | .B "activeicon (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3099 | This entry toggles active icons on and off if this feature was |
|---|
| 3100 | compiled into \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 3101 | It is enabled only if \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 3102 | was started with the command line option +ai or the \fBactiveIcon\fP |
|---|
| 3103 | resource is set to ``true.'' |
|---|
| 3104 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3105 | .B "softreset (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3106 | This entry invokes the \fBsoft-reset()\fP action. |
|---|
| 3107 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3108 | .B "hardreset (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3109 | This entry invokes the \fBhard-reset()\fP action. |
|---|
| 3110 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3111 | .B "clearsavedlines (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3112 | This entry invokes the \fBclear-saved-lines()\fP action. |
|---|
| 3113 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3114 | .B "tekshow (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3115 | This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(tek,toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3116 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3117 | .B "tekmode (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3118 | This entry invokes the \fBset-terminal-type(tek)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3119 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3120 | .B "vthide (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3121 | This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(vt,off)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3122 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3123 | .B "altscreen (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3124 | This entry invokes the \fBset-altscreen(toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3125 | . |
|---|
| 3126 | .PP |
|---|
| 3127 | The \fIfontMenu\fP has the following entries: |
|---|
| 3128 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3129 | .B "fontdefault (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3130 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(d)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3131 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3132 | .B "font1 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3133 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(1)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3134 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3135 | .B "font2 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3136 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(2)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3137 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3138 | .B "font3 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3139 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(3)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3140 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3141 | .B "font4 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3142 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(4)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3143 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3144 | .B "font5 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3145 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(5)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3146 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3147 | .B "font6 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3148 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(6)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3149 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3150 | .B "fontescape (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3151 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(e)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3152 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3153 | .B "fontsel (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3154 | This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(s)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3155 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3156 | .B "font-linedrawing (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3157 | This entry invokes the \fBset-font-linedrawing(s)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3158 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3159 | .B "font-doublesize (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3160 | This entry invokes the \fBset-font-doublesize(s)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3161 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3162 | .B "render-font (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3163 | This entry invokes the \fBset-render-font(s)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3164 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3165 | .B "utf8-mode (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3166 | This entry invokes the \fBset-utf8-mode(s)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3167 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3168 | .B "utf8-title (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3169 | This entry invokes the \fBset-utf8-title(s)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3170 | . |
|---|
| 3171 | .PP |
|---|
| 3172 | The \fItekMenu\fP has the following entries: |
|---|
| 3173 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3174 | .B "tektextlarge (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3175 | This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(large)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3176 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3177 | .B "tektext2 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3178 | This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(2)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3179 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3180 | .B "tektext3 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3181 | This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(3)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3182 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3183 | .B "tektextsmall (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3184 | This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(small)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3185 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3186 | .B "tekpage (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3187 | This entry invokes the \fBtek-page()\fP action. |
|---|
| 3188 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3189 | .B "tekreset (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3190 | This entry invokes the \fBtek-reset()\fP action. |
|---|
| 3191 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3192 | .B "tekcopy (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3193 | This entry invokes the \fBtek-copy()\fP action. |
|---|
| 3194 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3195 | .B "vtshow (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3196 | This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(vt,toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3197 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3198 | .B "vtmode (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3199 | This entry invokes the \fBset-terminal-type(vt)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3200 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3201 | .B "tekhide (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)" |
|---|
| 3202 | This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(tek,toggle)\fP action. |
|---|
| 3203 | .\" |
|---|
| 3204 | .SS Scrollbar Resources |
|---|
| 3205 | .PP |
|---|
| 3206 | The following resources are useful when specified for the Athena Scrollbar |
|---|
| 3207 | widget: |
|---|
| 3208 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3209 | .B "thickness (\fPclass\fB Thickness)" |
|---|
| 3210 | Specifies the width in pixels of the scrollbar. |
|---|
| 3211 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3212 | .B "background (\fPclass\fB Background)" |
|---|
| 3213 | Specifies the color to use for the background of the scrollbar. |
|---|
| 3214 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 3215 | .B "foreground (\fPclass\fB Foreground)" |
|---|
| 3216 | Specifies the color to use for the foreground of the scrollbar. |
|---|
| 3217 | The ``thumb'' |
|---|
| 3218 | of the scrollbar is a simple checkerboard pattern alternating pixels for |
|---|
| 3219 | foreground and background color. |
|---|
| 3220 | . |
|---|
| 3221 | . |
|---|
| 3222 | .SH "POINTER USAGE" |
|---|
| 3223 | . |
|---|
| 3224 | .PP |
|---|
| 3225 | Once the VT102 window is created, |
|---|
| 3226 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 3227 | allows you to select text and copy it within the same or other windows. |
|---|
| 3228 | . |
|---|
| 3229 | .SS "SELECTION" |
|---|
| 3230 | .PP |
|---|
| 3231 | The selection functions are invoked when the pointer buttons are used with no |
|---|
| 3232 | modifiers, and when they are used with the ``shift'' key. |
|---|
| 3233 | The assignment of the functions described below to keys and buttons may |
|---|
| 3234 | be changed through the resource database; see \fBACTIONS\fP below. |
|---|
| 3235 | . |
|---|
| 3236 | .PP |
|---|
| 3237 | Pointer button one (usually left) is used to save text into the cut buffer. |
|---|
| 3238 | Move the cursor to beginning of the text, |
|---|
| 3239 | and then hold the button down while moving the cursor to the end of the region |
|---|
| 3240 | and releasing the button. |
|---|
| 3241 | The selected text is highlighted and is saved in the global cut buffer |
|---|
| 3242 | and made the PRIMARY selection when the button is released. |
|---|
| 3243 | Normally (but see the discussion of \fBon2Clicks\fP, etc): |
|---|
| 3244 | .RS |
|---|
| 3245 | .TP 3 |
|---|
| 3246 | - |
|---|
| 3247 | Double-clicking selects by words. |
|---|
| 3248 | .TP |
|---|
| 3249 | - |
|---|
| 3250 | Triple-clicking |
|---|
| 3251 | selects by lines. |
|---|
| 3252 | .TP |
|---|
| 3253 | - |
|---|
| 3254 | Quadruple-clicking goes back to characters, etc. |
|---|
| 3255 | .RE |
|---|
| 3256 | .PP |
|---|
| 3257 | Multiple-click is determined by the time from button up to |
|---|
| 3258 | button down, so you can change the selection unit in the middle of a selection. |
|---|
| 3259 | Logical words and lines selected by double- or triple-clicking may wrap |
|---|
| 3260 | across more than one screen line if lines were wrapped by \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 3261 | itself rather than by the application running in the window. |
|---|
| 3262 | If the key/button bindings specify that an X selection is to be made, |
|---|
| 3263 | \fIxterm\fP will leave the selected text highlighted for as long as it |
|---|
| 3264 | is the selection owner. |
|---|
| 3265 | . |
|---|
| 3266 | .PP |
|---|
| 3267 | Pointer button two (usually middle) `types' (pastes) the text from |
|---|
| 3268 | the PRIMARY selection, if any, otherwise from |
|---|
| 3269 | the cut buffer, |
|---|
| 3270 | inserting it as keyboard input. |
|---|
| 3271 | . |
|---|
| 3272 | .PP |
|---|
| 3273 | Pointer button three (usually right) extends the current selection. |
|---|
| 3274 | (Without loss of generality, |
|---|
| 3275 | you can swap ``right'' and ``left'' everywhere in the rest of this |
|---|
| 3276 | paragraph.) If pressed while closer to |
|---|
| 3277 | the right edge of the selection than the left, it extends/contracts the |
|---|
| 3278 | right edge of the selection. |
|---|
| 3279 | If you contract the selection past |
|---|
| 3280 | the left edge of the selection, |
|---|
| 3281 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 3282 | assumes you really meant the left edge, restores the original selection, then |
|---|
| 3283 | extends/contracts the left edge of the selection. |
|---|
| 3284 | Extension starts in the |
|---|
| 3285 | selection unit mode |
|---|
| 3286 | that the last selection or extension was performed in; you can multiple-click |
|---|
| 3287 | to cycle through them. |
|---|
| 3288 | . |
|---|
| 3289 | .PP |
|---|
| 3290 | By cutting and pasting pieces of text without trailing new lines, |
|---|
| 3291 | you can take text from several places in different windows and form a command |
|---|
| 3292 | to the shell, for example, or take output from a program and insert it into |
|---|
| 3293 | your favorite editor. |
|---|
| 3294 | Since cut buffers are globally shared among different applications, |
|---|
| 3295 | you may regard each as a `file' whose contents you know. |
|---|
| 3296 | The terminal emulator and other text programs should be treating it as if it |
|---|
| 3297 | were a text file, i.e., the text is delimited by new lines. |
|---|
| 3298 | . |
|---|
| 3299 | .SS "SCROLLING" |
|---|
| 3300 | .PP |
|---|
| 3301 | The scroll region displays the position and amount of text currently showing |
|---|
| 3302 | in the window (highlighted) relative to the amount of text actually saved. |
|---|
| 3303 | As more text is saved (up to the maximum), the size of the highlighted area |
|---|
| 3304 | decreases. |
|---|
| 3305 | . |
|---|
| 3306 | .PP |
|---|
| 3307 | Clicking button one with the pointer in the scroll region moves the |
|---|
| 3308 | adjacent line to the top of the display window. |
|---|
| 3309 | . |
|---|
| 3310 | .PP |
|---|
| 3311 | Clicking button three moves the top line of the display window down to the |
|---|
| 3312 | pointer position. |
|---|
| 3313 | . |
|---|
| 3314 | .PP |
|---|
| 3315 | Clicking button two moves the display to a position in the saved text |
|---|
| 3316 | that corresponds to the pointer's position in the scrollbar. |
|---|
| 3317 | . |
|---|
| 3318 | .SS "TEKTRONIX POINTER" |
|---|
| 3319 | .PP |
|---|
| 3320 | Unlike the VT102 window, the Tektronix window does not allow the copying of |
|---|
| 3321 | text. |
|---|
| 3322 | It does allow Tektronix GIN mode, and in this mode |
|---|
| 3323 | the cursor will change from an arrow to a cross. |
|---|
| 3324 | Pressing any key will send that key and the current coordinate of the |
|---|
| 3325 | cross cursor. |
|---|
| 3326 | Pressing button one, two, or three will return the letters `l', `m', and |
|---|
| 3327 | `r', respectively. |
|---|
| 3328 | If the `shift' key is pressed when a pointer button is pressed, the corresponding |
|---|
| 3329 | upper case letter is sent. |
|---|
| 3330 | To distinguish a pointer button from a key, the high bit of the character is |
|---|
| 3331 | set (but this is bit is normally stripped unless the terminal mode is RAW; |
|---|
| 3332 | see |
|---|
| 3333 | .IR tty (4) |
|---|
| 3334 | for details). |
|---|
| 3335 | . |
|---|
| 3336 | . |
|---|
| 3337 | .SH MENUS |
|---|
| 3338 | . |
|---|
| 3339 | .PP |
|---|
| 3340 | .I Xterm |
|---|
| 3341 | has four menus, named |
|---|
| 3342 | .IR mainMenu , |
|---|
| 3343 | .IR vtMenu , |
|---|
| 3344 | .IR fontMenu , |
|---|
| 3345 | and |
|---|
| 3346 | .IR tekMenu . |
|---|
| 3347 | Each menu pops up under the correct combinations of key and button presses. |
|---|
| 3348 | Each menu is divided into sections, separated by a horizontal line. |
|---|
| 3349 | Some menu entries correspond to modes that can be altered. |
|---|
| 3350 | A check mark appears next to a mode that is currently active. |
|---|
| 3351 | Selecting one of these modes toggles its state. |
|---|
| 3352 | Other menu entries are commands; |
|---|
| 3353 | selecting one of these performs the indicated function. |
|---|
| 3354 | .PP |
|---|
| 3355 | All of the menu entries correspond to X actions. |
|---|
| 3356 | In the list below, the menu label is shown followed by the action's |
|---|
| 3357 | name in parenthesis. |
|---|
| 3358 | . |
|---|
| 3359 | .\" ************************************************************************ |
|---|
| 3360 | .SS "Main Options" |
|---|
| 3361 | .PP |
|---|
| 3362 | The \fIxterm\fP \fImainMenu\fP pops up |
|---|
| 3363 | when the ``control'' key and pointer button one are pressed in a window. |
|---|
| 3364 | This menu contains items that apply to both the VT102 and Tektronix windows. |
|---|
| 3365 | There are several sections: |
|---|
| 3366 | .TP |
|---|
| 3367 | Commands for managing X events: |
|---|
| 3368 | .RS |
|---|
| 3369 | .TP |
|---|
| 3370 | Toolbar |
|---|
| 3371 | Clicking on the "Toolbar" menu entry hides the toolbar if it is visible, |
|---|
| 3372 | and shows it if it is not. |
|---|
| 3373 | .TP |
|---|
| 3374 | Secure Keyboard (securekbd) |
|---|
| 3375 | The |
|---|
| 3376 | .B Secure Keyboard |
|---|
| 3377 | mode is helpful when typing in passwords or other sensitive data in an |
|---|
| 3378 | unsecure environment; |
|---|
| 3379 | see \fBSECURITY\fP below (but read the limitations carefully). |
|---|
| 3380 | .TP |
|---|
| 3381 | Allow SendEvents (allowsends ) |
|---|
| 3382 | Specifies whether or not synthetic key and button events generated using |
|---|
| 3383 | the X protocol SendEvent request should be interpreted or discarded. |
|---|
| 3384 | This corresponds to the \fBallowSendEvents\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3385 | .TP |
|---|
| 3386 | Redraw Window (redraw) |
|---|
| 3387 | Forces the X display to repaint; |
|---|
| 3388 | useful in some environments. |
|---|
| 3389 | .RE |
|---|
| 3390 | .TP |
|---|
| 3391 | Commands for capturing output: |
|---|
| 3392 | .RS |
|---|
| 3393 | .TP |
|---|
| 3394 | Log to File (logging) |
|---|
| 3395 | Captures text sent to the screen in a logfile, |
|---|
| 3396 | as in the \fB-l\fP logging option. |
|---|
| 3397 | .TP |
|---|
| 3398 | Print Window (print) |
|---|
| 3399 | Sends the text of the current window to the program given in the |
|---|
| 3400 | \fBprinterCommand\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3401 | .TP |
|---|
| 3402 | Redirect to Printer (print-redir) |
|---|
| 3403 | This sets the \fBprinterControlMode\fR to 0 or 2. |
|---|
| 3404 | You can use this to turn the printer on as if an application had sent |
|---|
| 3405 | the appropriate control sequence. |
|---|
| 3406 | It is also useful for switching the printer |
|---|
| 3407 | off if an application turns it on without resetting the print control mode. |
|---|
| 3408 | .RE |
|---|
| 3409 | .TP |
|---|
| 3410 | Modes for setting keyboard style: |
|---|
| 3411 | .RS |
|---|
| 3412 | .TP |
|---|
| 3413 | 8-Bit Controls (8-bit-control) |
|---|
| 3414 | Enabled for VT220 emulation, this controls whether \fIxterm\fP will send |
|---|
| 3415 | 8-bit control sequences rather than using 7-bit (ASCII) controls, |
|---|
| 3416 | e.g., sending a byte in the range 128-159 rather than the escape character |
|---|
| 3417 | followed by a second byte. |
|---|
| 3418 | \fIXterm\fP always interprets both 8-bit and 7-bit control sequences |
|---|
| 3419 | (see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP). |
|---|
| 3420 | This corresponds to the \fBeightBitControl\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3421 | .TP |
|---|
| 3422 | Backarrow Key (BS/DEL) (backarrow\ key) |
|---|
| 3423 | Modifies the behavior of the backarrow key, making it transmit |
|---|
| 3424 | either a backspace (8) |
|---|
| 3425 | or delete (127) character. |
|---|
| 3426 | This corresponds to the \fBbackarrowKey\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3427 | .TP |
|---|
| 3428 | Alt/NumLock Modifiers (num-lock) |
|---|
| 3429 | Controls the treatment of Alt- and NumLock-key modifiers. |
|---|
| 3430 | This corresponds to the \fBnumLock\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3431 | .TP |
|---|
| 3432 | Meta Sends Escape (meta-esc) |
|---|
| 3433 | Controls whether \fIMeta\fP keys are converted into a two-character |
|---|
| 3434 | sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC. |
|---|
| 3435 | This corresponds to the \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3436 | .TP |
|---|
| 3437 | Delete is DEL (delete-is-del) |
|---|
| 3438 | Controls whether the Delete key on the editing keypad should send DEL (127) |
|---|
| 3439 | or the VT220-style Remove escape sequence. |
|---|
| 3440 | This corresponds to the \fBdeleteIsDEL\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3441 | .TP |
|---|
| 3442 | Old Function-Keys (oldFunctionKeys) |
|---|
| 3443 | .TP |
|---|
| 3444 | HP Function-Keys (hpFunctionKeys) |
|---|
| 3445 | .TP |
|---|
| 3446 | SCO Function-Keys (scoFunctionKeys) |
|---|
| 3447 | .TP |
|---|
| 3448 | Sun Function-Keys (sunFunctionKeys) |
|---|
| 3449 | .TP |
|---|
| 3450 | VT220 Keyboard (sunKeyboard) |
|---|
| 3451 | These act as a radio-button, selecting one style for the keyboard layout. |
|---|
| 3452 | It corresponds to more than one resource setting: |
|---|
| 3453 | .BR "sunKeyboard" "," |
|---|
| 3454 | .BR "sunFunctionKeys" "," |
|---|
| 3455 | .BR "scoFunctionKeys" " and" |
|---|
| 3456 | .BR "hpFunctionKeys "." |
|---|
| 3457 | .RE |
|---|
| 3458 | .TP |
|---|
| 3459 | Commands for process signalling: |
|---|
| 3460 | .RS |
|---|
| 3461 | .TP |
|---|
| 3462 | Send STOP Signal (suspend) |
|---|
| 3463 | .TP |
|---|
| 3464 | Send CONT Signal (continue) |
|---|
| 3465 | .TP |
|---|
| 3466 | Send INT Signal (interrupt) |
|---|
| 3467 | .TP |
|---|
| 3468 | Send HUP Signal (hangup) |
|---|
| 3469 | .TP |
|---|
| 3470 | Send TERM Signal (terminate) |
|---|
| 3471 | .TP |
|---|
| 3472 | Send KILL Signal (kill) |
|---|
| 3473 | These send the SIGTSTP, SIGCONT, SIGINT, SIGHUP, SIGTERM and SIGKILL |
|---|
| 3474 | signals respectively, to the process group of the process running under |
|---|
| 3475 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 3476 | (usually the shell). |
|---|
| 3477 | The |
|---|
| 3478 | .B SIGCONT |
|---|
| 3479 | function is especially useful if the user has accidentally typed CTRL-Z, |
|---|
| 3480 | suspending the process. |
|---|
| 3481 | .TP |
|---|
| 3482 | Quit (quit) |
|---|
| 3483 | Stop processing X events except to support the \fB-hold\fP option, |
|---|
| 3484 | and then send a SIGHUP signal to the |
|---|
| 3485 | the process group of the process running under |
|---|
| 3486 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 3487 | (usually the shell). |
|---|
| 3488 | .RE |
|---|
| 3489 | .PP |
|---|
| 3490 | . |
|---|
| 3491 | .\" ************************************************************************ |
|---|
| 3492 | .SS "VT Options" |
|---|
| 3493 | .PP |
|---|
| 3494 | The |
|---|
| 3495 | .I vtMenu |
|---|
| 3496 | sets various modes in the VT102 emulation, and is popped up when the |
|---|
| 3497 | ``control'' key and pointer button two are pressed in the VT102 window. |
|---|
| 3498 | .TP |
|---|
| 3499 | VT102/VT220 Modes: |
|---|
| 3500 | .RS |
|---|
| 3501 | . |
|---|
| 3502 | .TP |
|---|
| 3503 | Enable Scrollbar (scrollbar) |
|---|
| 3504 | Enable (or disable) the scrollbar. |
|---|
| 3505 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3506 | .B -sb |
|---|
| 3507 | option and the |
|---|
| 3508 | .B scrollBar |
|---|
| 3509 | resource. |
|---|
| 3510 | . |
|---|
| 3511 | .TP |
|---|
| 3512 | Enable Jump Scroll (jumpscroll) |
|---|
| 3513 | Enable (or disable) jump scrolling. |
|---|
| 3514 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3515 | .B -j |
|---|
| 3516 | option and the |
|---|
| 3517 | .B jumpScroll |
|---|
| 3518 | resource. |
|---|
| 3519 | . |
|---|
| 3520 | .TP |
|---|
| 3521 | Enable Reverse Video (reversevideo) |
|---|
| 3522 | Enable (or disable) reverse-video. |
|---|
| 3523 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3524 | .B -rv |
|---|
| 3525 | option and the |
|---|
| 3526 | .B reverseVideo |
|---|
| 3527 | resource. |
|---|
| 3528 | . |
|---|
| 3529 | .TP |
|---|
| 3530 | Enable Auto Wraparound (autowrap) |
|---|
| 3531 | Enable (or disable) auto-wraparound. |
|---|
| 3532 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3533 | .B -aw |
|---|
| 3534 | option and the |
|---|
| 3535 | .B autoWrap |
|---|
| 3536 | resource. |
|---|
| 3537 | . |
|---|
| 3538 | .TP |
|---|
| 3539 | Enable Reverse Wraparound (reversewrap) |
|---|
| 3540 | Enable (or disable) reverse wraparound. |
|---|
| 3541 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3542 | .B -rw |
|---|
| 3543 | option and the |
|---|
| 3544 | .B reverseWrap |
|---|
| 3545 | resource. |
|---|
| 3546 | . |
|---|
| 3547 | .TP |
|---|
| 3548 | Enable Auto Linefeed (autolinefeed) |
|---|
| 3549 | Enable (or disable) auto-linefeed. |
|---|
| 3550 | This is the VT102 NEL function, |
|---|
| 3551 | which causes the emulator to emit a linefeed after each carriage return. |
|---|
| 3552 | There is no corresponding command-line option or resource setting. |
|---|
| 3553 | . |
|---|
| 3554 | .TP |
|---|
| 3555 | Enable Application Cursor Keys (appcursor) |
|---|
| 3556 | Enable (or disable) application cursor keys. |
|---|
| 3557 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3558 | .B appcursorDefault |
|---|
| 3559 | resource. |
|---|
| 3560 | There is no corresponding command-line option. |
|---|
| 3561 | . |
|---|
| 3562 | .TP |
|---|
| 3563 | Enable Application Keypad (appkeypad) |
|---|
| 3564 | Enable (or disable) application keypad keys. |
|---|
| 3565 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3566 | .B appkeypadDefault |
|---|
| 3567 | resource. |
|---|
| 3568 | There is no corresponding command-line option. |
|---|
| 3569 | . |
|---|
| 3570 | .TP |
|---|
| 3571 | Scroll to Bottom on Key Press (scrollkey) |
|---|
| 3572 | Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling region on a keypress. |
|---|
| 3573 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3574 | .B -sk |
|---|
| 3575 | option and the |
|---|
| 3576 | .B scrollKey |
|---|
| 3577 | resource. |
|---|
| 3578 | . |
|---|
| 3579 | .TP |
|---|
| 3580 | Scroll to Bottom on Tty Output (scrollttyoutput) |
|---|
| 3581 | Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling region on output to the terminal. |
|---|
| 3582 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3583 | .B -si |
|---|
| 3584 | option and the |
|---|
| 3585 | .B scrollTtyOutput |
|---|
| 3586 | resource. |
|---|
| 3587 | . |
|---|
| 3588 | .TP |
|---|
| 3589 | Allow 80/132 Column Switching (allow132) |
|---|
| 3590 | Enable (or disable) switching between 80 and 132 columns. |
|---|
| 3591 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3592 | .B -132 |
|---|
| 3593 | option and the |
|---|
| 3594 | .B c132 |
|---|
| 3595 | resource. |
|---|
| 3596 | . |
|---|
| 3597 | .TP |
|---|
| 3598 | Keep Selection (keepSelection) |
|---|
| 3599 | Tell \fIxterm\fP whether to disown the selection when it stops highlighting it, |
|---|
| 3600 | e.g., when an application modifies the display so that it no longer matches |
|---|
| 3601 | the text which has been highlighted. |
|---|
| 3602 | As long as \fIxterm\fP continues to own the selection, |
|---|
| 3603 | it can provide the corresponding text to other clients via cut/paste. |
|---|
| 3604 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3605 | .B keepSelection |
|---|
| 3606 | resource. |
|---|
| 3607 | There is no corresponding command-line option. |
|---|
| 3608 | . |
|---|
| 3609 | .TP |
|---|
| 3610 | Select to Clipboard (selectToClipboard) |
|---|
| 3611 | Tell \fIxterm\fP whether to use the PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD |
|---|
| 3612 | for SELECT tokens in the \fBtranslations\fP resource which |
|---|
| 3613 | maps keyboard and mouse actions to select/paste actions. |
|---|
| 3614 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3615 | .B selectToClipboard |
|---|
| 3616 | resource. |
|---|
| 3617 | There is no corresponding command-line option. |
|---|
| 3618 | . |
|---|
| 3619 | .TP |
|---|
| 3620 | Enable Visual Bell (visualbell) |
|---|
| 3621 | Enable (or disable) visible bell (i.e., flashing) instead of an audible bell. |
|---|
| 3622 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3623 | .B -vb |
|---|
| 3624 | option and the |
|---|
| 3625 | .B visualBell |
|---|
| 3626 | resource. |
|---|
| 3627 | . |
|---|
| 3628 | .TP |
|---|
| 3629 | Enable Bell Urgency (bellIsUrgent) |
|---|
| 3630 | Enable (or disable) Urgency window manager hint when Control-G is received. |
|---|
| 3631 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3632 | .B bellIsUrgent |
|---|
| 3633 | resource. |
|---|
| 3634 | . |
|---|
| 3635 | .TP |
|---|
| 3636 | Enable Pop on Bell (poponbell) |
|---|
| 3637 | Enable (or disable) raising of the window when Control-G is received. |
|---|
| 3638 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3639 | .B -pop |
|---|
| 3640 | option and the |
|---|
| 3641 | .B popOnBell |
|---|
| 3642 | resource. |
|---|
| 3643 | . |
|---|
| 3644 | .TP |
|---|
| 3645 | Enable Blinking Cursor (cursorblink) |
|---|
| 3646 | Enable (or disable) the blinking-cursor feature. |
|---|
| 3647 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3648 | .B -bc |
|---|
| 3649 | option and the |
|---|
| 3650 | .B cursorBlink |
|---|
| 3651 | resource. |
|---|
| 3652 | There is also an escape sequence |
|---|
| 3653 | (see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP). |
|---|
| 3654 | The menu entry and the escape sequence states are XOR'd: |
|---|
| 3655 | if both are enabled, the cursor will not blink, |
|---|
| 3656 | if only one is enabled, the cursor will blink. |
|---|
| 3657 | . |
|---|
| 3658 | .TP |
|---|
| 3659 | Enable Alternate Screen Switching (titeInhibit) |
|---|
| 3660 | Enable (or disable) switching between the normal and alternate screens. |
|---|
| 3661 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3662 | .B titeInhibit |
|---|
| 3663 | resource. |
|---|
| 3664 | There is no corresponding command-line option. |
|---|
| 3665 | . |
|---|
| 3666 | .TP |
|---|
| 3667 | Enable Active Icon (activeicon) |
|---|
| 3668 | Enable (or disable) the active-icon feature. |
|---|
| 3669 | This corresponds to the |
|---|
| 3670 | .B -ai |
|---|
| 3671 | option and the |
|---|
| 3672 | .B activeIcon |
|---|
| 3673 | resource. |
|---|
| 3674 | .RE |
|---|
| 3675 | . |
|---|
| 3676 | .TP |
|---|
| 3677 | VT102/VT220 Commands: |
|---|
| 3678 | .RS |
|---|
| 3679 | .TP |
|---|
| 3680 | Do Soft Reset (softreset) |
|---|
| 3681 | Reset scroll regions. |
|---|
| 3682 | This can be convenient when some program has left the scroll regions |
|---|
| 3683 | set incorrectly (often a problem when using VMS or TOPS-20). |
|---|
| 3684 | This corresponds to the VT220 DECSTR control sequence. |
|---|
| 3685 | . |
|---|
| 3686 | .TP |
|---|
| 3687 | Do Full Reset (hardreset) |
|---|
| 3688 | The full reset entry will clear the screen, reset tabs to every |
|---|
| 3689 | eight columns, and reset the terminal modes (such as wrap and smooth scroll) |
|---|
| 3690 | to their initial states just after |
|---|
| 3691 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 3692 | has finished processing the command line options. |
|---|
| 3693 | This corresponds to the VT102 RIS control sequence, |
|---|
| 3694 | with a few obvious differences. |
|---|
| 3695 | For example, your session is not disconnected as a real VT102 would do. |
|---|
| 3696 | . |
|---|
| 3697 | .TP |
|---|
| 3698 | Reset and Clear Saved Lines (clearsavedlines) |
|---|
| 3699 | Perform a full reset, |
|---|
| 3700 | and also clear the saved lines. |
|---|
| 3701 | .RE |
|---|
| 3702 | . |
|---|
| 3703 | .TP |
|---|
| 3704 | Commands for setting the current screen: |
|---|
| 3705 | .RS |
|---|
| 3706 | . |
|---|
| 3707 | .TP |
|---|
| 3708 | Show Tek Window (tekshow) |
|---|
| 3709 | When enabled, |
|---|
| 3710 | pops the Tektronix 4014 window up (makes it visible). |
|---|
| 3711 | When disabled, |
|---|
| 3712 | hides the Tektronix 4014 window. |
|---|
| 3713 | . |
|---|
| 3714 | .TP |
|---|
| 3715 | Switch to Tek Mode (tekmode) |
|---|
| 3716 | When enabled, |
|---|
| 3717 | pops the Tektronix 4014 window up if it is not already visible, |
|---|
| 3718 | and switches the input stream to that window. |
|---|
| 3719 | When disabled, |
|---|
| 3720 | hides the Tektronix 4014 window and |
|---|
| 3721 | switches input back to the VTxxx window. |
|---|
| 3722 | . |
|---|
| 3723 | .TP |
|---|
| 3724 | Hide VT Window (vthide) |
|---|
| 3725 | When enabled, |
|---|
| 3726 | hides the VTxxx window, |
|---|
| 3727 | shows the Tektronix 4014 window if |
|---|
| 3728 | it was not already visible |
|---|
| 3729 | and switches the input stream to that window. |
|---|
| 3730 | When disabled, |
|---|
| 3731 | shows the VTxxx window, |
|---|
| 3732 | and switches the input stream to that window. |
|---|
| 3733 | . |
|---|
| 3734 | .TP |
|---|
| 3735 | Show Alternate Screen (altscreen) |
|---|
| 3736 | When enabled, |
|---|
| 3737 | shows the alternate screen. |
|---|
| 3738 | When disabled, |
|---|
| 3739 | shows the normal screen. |
|---|
| 3740 | Note that the normal screen may have saved lines; |
|---|
| 3741 | the alternate screen does not. |
|---|
| 3742 | .RE |
|---|
| 3743 | .PP |
|---|
| 3744 | . |
|---|
| 3745 | .SS "VT Fonts" |
|---|
| 3746 | .PP |
|---|
| 3747 | The \fIfontMenu\fP pops up when |
|---|
| 3748 | when the ``control'' key and pointer button three are pressed in a window. |
|---|
| 3749 | It sets the font used in the VT102 window, |
|---|
| 3750 | or modifies the way the font is specified or displayed. |
|---|
| 3751 | There are three sections. |
|---|
| 3752 | .PP |
|---|
| 3753 | The first section allows you to select the font from a set of alternatives: |
|---|
| 3754 | .RS |
|---|
| 3755 | .TP |
|---|
| 3756 | Default (fontdefault) |
|---|
| 3757 | Set the font to the default, i.e., that given by the |
|---|
| 3758 | .B *VT100.font |
|---|
| 3759 | resource. |
|---|
| 3760 | .TP |
|---|
| 3761 | Unreadable (font1) |
|---|
| 3762 | Set the font to that given by the |
|---|
| 3763 | .B *VT100.font1 |
|---|
| 3764 | resource. |
|---|
| 3765 | .TP |
|---|
| 3766 | Tiny (font2) |
|---|
| 3767 | Set the font to that given by the |
|---|
| 3768 | .B *VT100.font2 |
|---|
| 3769 | resource. |
|---|
| 3770 | .TP |
|---|
| 3771 | Small (font3) |
|---|
| 3772 | Set the font to that given by the |
|---|
| 3773 | .B *VT100.font3 |
|---|
| 3774 | resource. |
|---|
| 3775 | .TP |
|---|
| 3776 | Medium (font4) |
|---|
| 3777 | Set the font to that given by the |
|---|
| 3778 | .B *VT100.font4 |
|---|
| 3779 | resource. |
|---|
| 3780 | .TP |
|---|
| 3781 | Large (font5) |
|---|
| 3782 | Set the font to that given by the |
|---|
| 3783 | .B *VT100.font5 |
|---|
| 3784 | resource. |
|---|
| 3785 | .TP |
|---|
| 3786 | Huge (font6) |
|---|
| 3787 | Set the font to that given by the |
|---|
| 3788 | .B *VT100.font6 |
|---|
| 3789 | resource. |
|---|
| 3790 | .TP |
|---|
| 3791 | Escape Sequence |
|---|
| 3792 | This allows you to set the font last specified by the Set |
|---|
| 3793 | Font escape sequence (see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP). |
|---|
| 3794 | .TP |
|---|
| 3795 | Selection (fontsel) |
|---|
| 3796 | This allows you to set the font specified |
|---|
| 3797 | the current selection as a font name (if the PRIMARY selection is owned). |
|---|
| 3798 | .RE |
|---|
| 3799 | .PP |
|---|
| 3800 | The second section allows you to modify the way it is displayed: |
|---|
| 3801 | .RS |
|---|
| 3802 | .TP |
|---|
| 3803 | Line-Drawing Characters (font-linedrawing) |
|---|
| 3804 | When set, tells \fIxterm\fP to draw its own line-drawing characters. |
|---|
| 3805 | Otherwise it relies on the font containing these. |
|---|
| 3806 | Compare to the \fBforceBoxChars\fP resource. |
|---|
| 3807 | .TP |
|---|
| 3808 | Doublesized Characters (font-doublesize) |
|---|
| 3809 | When set, \fIxterm\fP may ask the font server to produce scaled versions |
|---|
| 3810 | of the normal font, for VT102 double-size characters. |
|---|
| 3811 | .RE |
|---|
| 3812 | .PP |
|---|
| 3813 | The third section allows you to modify the way it is specified: |
|---|
| 3814 | .RS |
|---|
| 3815 | .TP |
|---|
| 3816 | TrueType Fonts (render-font) |
|---|
| 3817 | If the |
|---|
| 3818 | .B "renderFont |
|---|
| 3819 | and corresponding resources were set, |
|---|
| 3820 | this is a further control whether \fIxterm\fP will actually use the |
|---|
| 3821 | Xft library calls to obtain a font. |
|---|
| 3822 | .TP |
|---|
| 3823 | UTF-8 (utf8-mode) |
|---|
| 3824 | This controls whether \fIxterm\fP uses UTF-8 encoding of input/output. |
|---|
| 3825 | It is useful for temporarily switching \fIxterm\fP to display |
|---|
| 3826 | text from an application which does not follow the locale settings. |
|---|
| 3827 | .RE |
|---|
| 3828 | . |
|---|
| 3829 | .SS "TEK Options" |
|---|
| 3830 | .PP |
|---|
| 3831 | The |
|---|
| 3832 | .I tekMenu |
|---|
| 3833 | sets various modes in the Tektronix emulation, and is popped up when the |
|---|
| 3834 | ``control'' key and pointer button two are pressed in the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 3835 | The current font size is checked in the modes section of the menu. |
|---|
| 3836 | .RS |
|---|
| 3837 | .TP |
|---|
| 3838 | Large Characters (tektextlarge) |
|---|
| 3839 | .TP |
|---|
| 3840 | \ Size Characters (tektext2) |
|---|
| 3841 | .TP |
|---|
| 3842 | \ Size Characters (tektext3) |
|---|
| 3843 | .TP |
|---|
| 3844 | Small Characters (tektextsmall) |
|---|
| 3845 | .RE |
|---|
| 3846 | .PP |
|---|
| 3847 | Commands: |
|---|
| 3848 | .RS |
|---|
| 3849 | .TP |
|---|
| 3850 | PAGE (tekpage) |
|---|
| 3851 | Clear the Tektronix window. |
|---|
| 3852 | .TP |
|---|
| 3853 | RESET (tekreset) |
|---|
| 3854 | .TP |
|---|
| 3855 | COPY (tekcopy) |
|---|
| 3856 | .RE |
|---|
| 3857 | .PP |
|---|
| 3858 | Windows: |
|---|
| 3859 | .RS |
|---|
| 3860 | .TP |
|---|
| 3861 | Show VT Window (vtshow) |
|---|
| 3862 | .TP |
|---|
| 3863 | Switch to VT Mode (vtmode) |
|---|
| 3864 | .TP |
|---|
| 3865 | Hide Tek Window (tekhide) |
|---|
| 3866 | .RE |
|---|
| 3867 | . |
|---|
| 3868 | . |
|---|
| 3869 | .SH SECURITY |
|---|
| 3870 | . |
|---|
| 3871 | .PP |
|---|
| 3872 | X environments differ in their security consciousness. |
|---|
| 3873 | Most servers, |
|---|
| 3874 | run under \fIxdm\fP, |
|---|
| 3875 | are capable of using a ``magic cookie'' authorization |
|---|
| 3876 | scheme that can provide a reasonable level of security for many people. |
|---|
| 3877 | If your server is only using a host-based mechanism to control access to |
|---|
| 3878 | the server (see \fIxhost(__mansuffix__)\fP), then if you enable access for a host and |
|---|
| 3879 | other users are also permitted to run clients on that same host, |
|---|
| 3880 | it is possible that someone can run an application which uses the |
|---|
| 3881 | basic services of the X protocol to snoop on your activities, |
|---|
| 3882 | potentially capturing a transcript of everything you type at the keyboard. |
|---|
| 3883 | Any process which has access to your X display can manipulate it |
|---|
| 3884 | in ways that you might not anticipate, |
|---|
| 3885 | even redirecting your keyboard to itself |
|---|
| 3886 | and sending events to your application's windows. |
|---|
| 3887 | This is true even with the ``magic cookie'' authorization scheme. |
|---|
| 3888 | While the \fBallowSendEvents\fP provides some protection against |
|---|
| 3889 | rogue applications tampering with your programs, |
|---|
| 3890 | guarding against a snooper is harder. |
|---|
| 3891 | . |
|---|
| 3892 | .PP |
|---|
| 3893 | The possibility of an application spying on your keystrokes |
|---|
| 3894 | is of particular concern when you want to type in a password |
|---|
| 3895 | or other sensitive data. |
|---|
| 3896 | The best solution to this problem is to use a better |
|---|
| 3897 | authorization mechanism than is provided by X. |
|---|
| 3898 | Given all of these caveats, |
|---|
| 3899 | a simple mechanism exists for protecting keyboard input in \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 3900 | . |
|---|
| 3901 | .PP |
|---|
| 3902 | The \fIxterm\fP menu (see \fBMENUS\fP above) contains a \fBSecure Keyboard\fP |
|---|
| 3903 | entry which, when enabled, |
|---|
| 3904 | attempts to ensure that all keyboard input is directed |
|---|
| 3905 | \fIonly\fP to \fIxterm\fP (using the GrabKeyboard protocol request). |
|---|
| 3906 | When an application prompts you for a password |
|---|
| 3907 | (or other sensitive data), you can enable \fBSecure Keyboard\fP using the |
|---|
| 3908 | menu, type in the data, and then disable \fBSecure Keyboard\fP using |
|---|
| 3909 | the menu again. |
|---|
| 3910 | This ensures that you know which window is accepting your keystrokes. |
|---|
| 3911 | It cannot ensure that there are no processes which have access to your |
|---|
| 3912 | X display that might be observing the keystrokes as well. |
|---|
| 3913 | . |
|---|
| 3914 | .PP |
|---|
| 3915 | Only one X client at a time can grab the keyboard, |
|---|
| 3916 | so when you attempt to enable \fBSecure Keyboard\fP it may fail. |
|---|
| 3917 | In this case, the bell will sound. |
|---|
| 3918 | If the \fBSecure Keyboard\fP succeeds, |
|---|
| 3919 | the foreground and background colors will be exchanged (as if you |
|---|
| 3920 | selected the \fBReverse Video\fP entry in the \fBModes\fP menu); |
|---|
| 3921 | they will be exchanged again when you exit secure mode. |
|---|
| 3922 | If the colors |
|---|
| 3923 | do \fInot\fP switch, then |
|---|
| 3924 | you should be \fIvery\fP suspicious that you are being spoofed. |
|---|
| 3925 | If the application you are running displays a prompt before asking for |
|---|
| 3926 | the password, it is safest to enter secure mode \fIbefore\fP the |
|---|
| 3927 | prompt gets displayed, and to make sure that the prompt gets displayed |
|---|
| 3928 | correctly (in the new colors), to minimize the probability of |
|---|
| 3929 | spoofing. |
|---|
| 3930 | You can also bring up the menu again and make sure that a check |
|---|
| 3931 | mark appears next to the entry. |
|---|
| 3932 | . |
|---|
| 3933 | .PP |
|---|
| 3934 | \fBSecure Keyboard\fP mode will be disabled automatically if your \fIxterm\fP |
|---|
| 3935 | window becomes iconified (or otherwise unmapped), or if you start up |
|---|
| 3936 | a reparenting window manager (that places a title bar or other decoration |
|---|
| 3937 | around the window) while in \fBSecure Keyboard\fP mode. |
|---|
| 3938 | (This is a |
|---|
| 3939 | feature of the X protocol not easily overcome.) When this happens, |
|---|
| 3940 | the foreground and background colors will be switched back and the bell |
|---|
| 3941 | will sound in warning. |
|---|
| 3942 | . |
|---|
| 3943 | . |
|---|
| 3944 | .SH "CHARACTER CLASSES" |
|---|
| 3945 | Clicking the left pointer button twice in rapid succession |
|---|
| 3946 | (double-clicking) causes all characters of the same class |
|---|
| 3947 | (e.g., letters, white space, punctuation) to be selected as a ``word''. |
|---|
| 3948 | Since different people have different preferences for what should |
|---|
| 3949 | be selected (for example, should filenames be selected as a whole or only |
|---|
| 3950 | the separate subnames), the default mapping can be overridden through the use |
|---|
| 3951 | of the \fBcharClass\fP (class \fICharClass\fP) resource. |
|---|
| 3952 | . |
|---|
| 3953 | .PP |
|---|
| 3954 | This resource is a |
|---|
| 3955 | series of comma-separated |
|---|
| 3956 | of \fIrange\fP:\fIvalue\fP pairs. |
|---|
| 3957 | The |
|---|
| 3958 | \fIrange\fP is either a single number or \fIlow\fP-\fIhigh\fP in the range of 0 |
|---|
| 3959 | to 65535, corresponding to the code for the character or characters to be |
|---|
| 3960 | set. |
|---|
| 3961 | The \fIvalue\fP is arbitrary, although the default table uses the |
|---|
| 3962 | character number of the first character occurring in the set. |
|---|
| 3963 | When not in |
|---|
| 3964 | UTF-8 mode, only the first 256 bytes of this table will be used. |
|---|
| 3965 | . |
|---|
| 3966 | .PP |
|---|
| 3967 | The default table starts as follows - |
|---|
| 3968 | .DS |
|---|
| 3969 | static int charClass[256] = { |
|---|
| 3970 | /\(** NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL */ |
|---|
| 3971 | 32, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 3972 | /\(** BS HT NL VT NP CR SO SI */ |
|---|
| 3973 | 1, 32, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 3974 | /\(** DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB */ |
|---|
| 3975 | 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 3976 | /\(** CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US */ |
|---|
| 3977 | 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 3978 | /\(** SP ! " # $ % & ' */ |
|---|
| 3979 | .\" " <- for emacs autocolor to work well :-) |
|---|
| 3980 | 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, |
|---|
| 3981 | /\(** ( ) * + , - . / */ |
|---|
| 3982 | 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, |
|---|
| 3983 | /\(** 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 */ |
|---|
| 3984 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 3985 | /\(** 8 9 : ; < = > ? */ |
|---|
| 3986 | 48, 48, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, |
|---|
| 3987 | /\(** @ A B C D E F G */ |
|---|
| 3988 | 64, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 3989 | /\(** H I J K L M N O */ |
|---|
| 3990 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 3991 | /\(** P Q R S T U V W */ |
|---|
| 3992 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 3993 | /\(** X Y Z [ \\ ] ^ _ */ |
|---|
| 3994 | 48, 48, 48, 91, 92, 93, 94, 48, |
|---|
| 3995 | /\(** ` a b c d e f g */ |
|---|
| 3996 | 96, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 3997 | /\(** h i j k l m n o */ |
|---|
| 3998 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 3999 | /\(** p q r s t u v w */ |
|---|
| 4000 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 4001 | /\(** x y z { | } ~ DEL */ |
|---|
| 4002 | 48, 48, 48, 123, 124, 125, 126, 1, |
|---|
| 4003 | /\(** x80 x81 x82 x83 IND NEL SSA ESA */ |
|---|
| 4004 | 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 4005 | /\(** HTS HTJ VTS PLD PLU RI SS2 SS3 */ |
|---|
| 4006 | 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 4007 | /\(** DCS PU1 PU2 STS CCH MW SPA EPA */ |
|---|
| 4008 | 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 4009 | /\(** x98 x99 x9A CSI ST OSC PM APC */ |
|---|
| 4010 | 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, |
|---|
| 4011 | /\(** - i c/ L ox Y- | So */ |
|---|
| 4012 | 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, |
|---|
| 4013 | /\(** .. c0 ip << _ R0 - */ |
|---|
| 4014 | 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, |
|---|
| 4015 | /\(** o +- 2 3 ' u q| . */ |
|---|
| 4016 | 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, |
|---|
| 4017 | /\(** , 1 2 >> 1/4 1/2 3/4 ? */ |
|---|
| 4018 | 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, |
|---|
| 4019 | /\(** A` A' A^ A~ A: Ao AE C, */ |
|---|
| 4020 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 4021 | /\(** E` E' E^ E: I` I' I^ I: */ |
|---|
| 4022 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 4023 | /\(** D- N~ O` O' O^ O~ O: X */ |
|---|
| 4024 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 215, |
|---|
| 4025 | /\(** O/ U` U' U^ U: Y' P B */ |
|---|
| 4026 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 4027 | /\(** a` a' a^ a~ a: ao ae c, */ |
|---|
| 4028 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 4029 | /\(** e` e' e^ e: i` i' i^ i: */ |
|---|
| 4030 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, |
|---|
| 4031 | /\(** d n~ o` o' o^ o~ o: -: */ |
|---|
| 4032 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 247, |
|---|
| 4033 | /\(** o/ u` u' u^ u: y' P y: */ |
|---|
| 4034 | 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48}; |
|---|
| 4035 | .DE |
|---|
| 4036 | For example, the string ``33:48,37:48,45-47:48,38:48'' indicates that the |
|---|
| 4037 | exclamation mark, percent sign, dash, period, slash, and ampersand characters |
|---|
| 4038 | should be treated the same way as characters and numbers. |
|---|
| 4039 | This is useful |
|---|
| 4040 | for cutting and pasting electronic mailing addresses and filenames. |
|---|
| 4041 | . |
|---|
| 4042 | . |
|---|
| 4043 | .SH ACTIONS |
|---|
| 4044 | It is possible to rebind keys (or sequences of keys) to arbitrary strings |
|---|
| 4045 | for input, by changing the \fBtranslations\fP resources |
|---|
| 4046 | for the vt100 or tek4014 widgets. |
|---|
| 4047 | Changing the \fBtranslations\fP resource |
|---|
| 4048 | for events other than key and button events is not expected, |
|---|
| 4049 | and will cause unpredictable behavior. |
|---|
| 4050 | The following |
|---|
| 4051 | actions are provided for use within the \fIvt100\fP or \fItek4014\fP |
|---|
| 4052 | \fBtranslations\fP resources: |
|---|
| 4053 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4054 | .B "allow-send-events(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4055 | This action set or toggles the \fBallowSendEvents\fP resource and is also |
|---|
| 4056 | invoked by the \fBallowsends\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4057 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4058 | .B "alt-sends-escape()" |
|---|
| 4059 | This action toggles the state of the \fBeightBitInput\fP resource. |
|---|
| 4060 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4061 | .B "bell([\fIpercent\fP])" |
|---|
| 4062 | This action rings the keyboard bell at the specified percentage |
|---|
| 4063 | above or below the base volume. |
|---|
| 4064 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4065 | .B "clear-saved-lines()" |
|---|
| 4066 | This action does \fBhard-reset()\fP (see below) and also clears the history |
|---|
| 4067 | of lines saved off the top of the screen. |
|---|
| 4068 | It is also invoked from the \fBclearsavedlines\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4069 | The effect is identical to a hardware reset (RIS) control sequence. |
|---|
| 4070 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4071 | .B "create-menu(\fIm/v/f/t\fP)" |
|---|
| 4072 | This action creates one of the menus used by \fIxterm\fP, |
|---|
| 4073 | if it has not been previously created. |
|---|
| 4074 | The parameter values are the menu names: |
|---|
| 4075 | \fImainMenu\fP, \fIvtMenu\fP, \fIfontMenu\fP, \fItekMenu\fP, respectively. |
|---|
| 4076 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4077 | .B "dabbrev-expand()" |
|---|
| 4078 | Expands the word before cursor by searching in the preceding text on the |
|---|
| 4079 | screen and in the scrollback buffer for words starting with that |
|---|
| 4080 | abbreviation. |
|---|
| 4081 | Repeating \fBdabbrev-expand()\fP several times in sequence searches for an |
|---|
| 4082 | alternative expansion by looking farther back. |
|---|
| 4083 | Lack of more matches is signaled by a \fBbeep()\fP. |
|---|
| 4084 | Attempts to expand an empty word |
|---|
| 4085 | (i.e., when cursor is preceded by a space) yield successively all previous |
|---|
| 4086 | words. |
|---|
| 4087 | Consecutive identical expansions are ignored. |
|---|
| 4088 | The word here is defined as a sequence of non-whitespace characters. |
|---|
| 4089 | This feature partially emulates the behavior |
|---|
| 4090 | of `dynamic abbreviation' expansion in Emacs (bound there to M-/). |
|---|
| 4091 | Here is a resource setting for \fIxterm\fP which will do the same thing: |
|---|
| 4092 | .DS |
|---|
| 4093 | *VT100*translations: #override \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4094 | Meta <KeyPress> /:dabbrev-expand() |
|---|
| 4095 | .DE |
|---|
| 4096 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4097 | .B "deiconify()" |
|---|
| 4098 | Changes the window state back to normal, if it was iconified. |
|---|
| 4099 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4100 | .B "delete-is-del()" |
|---|
| 4101 | This action toggles the state of the \fBdeleteIsDEL\fP resource. |
|---|
| 4102 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4103 | .B "dired-button()" |
|---|
| 4104 | Handles a button event (other than press and release) |
|---|
| 4105 | by echoing the event's position |
|---|
| 4106 | (i.e., character line and column) in the following format: |
|---|
| 4107 | .sp |
|---|
| 4108 | .in +8 |
|---|
| 4109 | ^X ESC G <line+' '> <col+' '> |
|---|
| 4110 | .in -8 |
|---|
| 4111 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4112 | .B "iconify()" |
|---|
| 4113 | Iconifies the window. |
|---|
| 4114 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4115 | .B "hard-reset()" |
|---|
| 4116 | This action resets the scrolling region, tabs, window size, and cursor keys |
|---|
| 4117 | and clears the screen. |
|---|
| 4118 | It is also invoked from the \fBhardreset\fP |
|---|
| 4119 | entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4120 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4121 | .B "ignore()" |
|---|
| 4122 | This action ignores the event but checks for special pointer position |
|---|
| 4123 | escape sequences. |
|---|
| 4124 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4125 | .B "insert()" |
|---|
| 4126 | This action inserts the character or string associated with |
|---|
| 4127 | the key that was pressed. |
|---|
| 4128 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4129 | .B "insert-eight-bit()" |
|---|
| 4130 | This action inserts an eight-bit (Meta) version of the character or string |
|---|
| 4131 | associated with the key that was pressed. |
|---|
| 4132 | This only applies to single-byte values. |
|---|
| 4133 | The exact action depends on the value of |
|---|
| 4134 | the \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP and |
|---|
| 4135 | the \fBeightBitInput\fP resources. |
|---|
| 4136 | The \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP resource is tested first. |
|---|
| 4137 | .IP |
|---|
| 4138 | The term "eight-bit" is misleading: |
|---|
| 4139 | \fIxterm\fP checks if the key's value is less than 128. |
|---|
| 4140 | If so, \fIxterm\fP adds 128 to the value, setting its eighth bit. |
|---|
| 4141 | Otherwise \fIxterm\fP sends an ESC byte before the key. |
|---|
| 4142 | In other applications' documentation, that is referred to as a "meta key". |
|---|
| 4143 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4144 | .B "insert-selection(\fIsourcename\fP [, ...])" |
|---|
| 4145 | This action inserts the string found in the selection or cutbuffer indicated |
|---|
| 4146 | by \fIsourcename\fP. |
|---|
| 4147 | Sources are checked in the order given (case is |
|---|
| 4148 | significant) until one is found. |
|---|
| 4149 | Commonly-used selections include: |
|---|
| 4150 | \fIPRIMARY\fP, \fISECONDARY\fP, and \fICLIPBOARD\fP. |
|---|
| 4151 | Cut buffers are |
|---|
| 4152 | typically named \fICUT_BUFFER0\fP through \fICUT_BUFFER7\fP. |
|---|
| 4153 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4154 | .B "insert-seven-bit()" |
|---|
| 4155 | This action is a synonym for \fBinsert()\fP |
|---|
| 4156 | The term "seven-bit" is misleading: |
|---|
| 4157 | it only implies that \fIxterm\fP does not try to add 128 to the key's value |
|---|
| 4158 | as in \fBinsert-eight-bit()\fP. |
|---|
| 4159 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4160 | .B "interpret(\fIcontrol-sequence\fP)" |
|---|
| 4161 | Interpret the given control sequence locally, i.e., without passing it to |
|---|
| 4162 | the host. |
|---|
| 4163 | This works by inserting the control sequence at the front |
|---|
| 4164 | of the input buffer. |
|---|
| 4165 | Use "\\" to escape octal digits in the string. |
|---|
| 4166 | Xt does not allow you to put a null character (i.e., "\\000") in the string. |
|---|
| 4167 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4168 | .B "keymap(\fIname\fP)" |
|---|
| 4169 | This action dynamically defines a new translation table whose resource |
|---|
| 4170 | name is \fIname\fP with the suffix \fIKeymap\fP (case is significant). |
|---|
| 4171 | The name \fINone\fP restores the original translation table. |
|---|
| 4172 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4173 | .B "larger-vt-font()" |
|---|
| 4174 | Set the font to the next larger one, based on the font dimensions. |
|---|
| 4175 | See also \fBset-vt-font()\fP. |
|---|
| 4176 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4177 | .B "load-vt-fonts(\fIname\fP[,\fIclass\fP])" |
|---|
| 4178 | Load fontnames from the given subresource name and class. |
|---|
| 4179 | That is, load the "*VT100.\fIname\fP.font", resource as "*VT100.font" etc. |
|---|
| 4180 | If no name is given, the original set of fontnames is restored. |
|---|
| 4181 | .IP |
|---|
| 4182 | Unlike \fBset-vt-font()\fR, this does not affect the escape- and select-fonts, |
|---|
| 4183 | since those are not based on resource values. |
|---|
| 4184 | It does affect the fonts loosely organized under the ``Default'' menu |
|---|
| 4185 | entry: \fBfont\fP, \fBboldFont\fP, \fBwideFont\fP and \fBwideBoldFont\fP. |
|---|
| 4186 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4187 | .B "maximize()" |
|---|
| 4188 | Resizes the window to fill the screen. |
|---|
| 4189 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4190 | .B "meta-sends-escape()" |
|---|
| 4191 | This action toggles the state of the \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP resource. |
|---|
| 4192 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4193 | .B "popup-menu(\fImenuname\fP)" |
|---|
| 4194 | This action displays the specified popup menu. |
|---|
| 4195 | Valid names (case is |
|---|
| 4196 | significant) include: \fImainMenu\fP, \fIvtMenu\fP, \fIfontMenu\fP, |
|---|
| 4197 | and \fItekMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4198 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4199 | .B "print()" |
|---|
| 4200 | This action prints the window and is also invoked by the |
|---|
| 4201 | \fIprint\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4202 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4203 | .B "print-redir()" |
|---|
| 4204 | This action toggles the \fBprinterControlMode\fR between 0 and 2. |
|---|
| 4205 | The corresponding popup menu entry is useful for switching the printer |
|---|
| 4206 | off if you happen to change your mind after deciding to print random |
|---|
| 4207 | binary files on the terminal. |
|---|
| 4208 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4209 | .B "quit()" |
|---|
| 4210 | This action sends a SIGHUP to the subprogram and exits. |
|---|
| 4211 | It is also invoked |
|---|
| 4212 | by the \fBquit\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4213 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4214 | .B "redraw()" |
|---|
| 4215 | This action redraws the window and is also invoked by the |
|---|
| 4216 | \fIredraw\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4217 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4218 | .B "restore()" |
|---|
| 4219 | Restores the window to the size before it was last maximized. |
|---|
| 4220 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4221 | .B "scroll-back(\fIcount\fP [,\fIunits\fP [,\fImouse\fP] ])" |
|---|
| 4222 | This action scrolls the text window backward so that text that had previously |
|---|
| 4223 | scrolled off the top of the screen is now visible. |
|---|
| 4224 | .IP |
|---|
| 4225 | The \fIcount\fP argument |
|---|
| 4226 | indicates the number of \fIunits\fP (which may be \fIpage\fP, \fIhalfpage\fP, |
|---|
| 4227 | \fIpixel\fP, or \fIline\fP) by which to scroll. |
|---|
| 4228 | .IP |
|---|
| 4229 | An adjustment can be specified for these values by appending a "+" or "-" |
|---|
| 4230 | sign followed by a number, |
|---|
| 4231 | e.g., \fIpage-2\fP to specify 2 lines less than a page. |
|---|
| 4232 | .IP |
|---|
| 4233 | If the third parameter \fImouse\fP is given, the action is ignored when |
|---|
| 4234 | mouse reporting is enabled. |
|---|
| 4235 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4236 | .B "scroll-forw(\fIcount\fP [,\fIunits\fP [,\fImouse\fP] ])" |
|---|
| 4237 | This action is similar to \fBscroll-back\fP except that it scrolls |
|---|
| 4238 | in the other direction. |
|---|
| 4239 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4240 | .B "secure()" |
|---|
| 4241 | This action toggles the \fISecure Keyboard\fP mode described in the |
|---|
| 4242 | section named \fBSECURITY\fP, and is invoked from the \fBsecurekbd\fP |
|---|
| 4243 | entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4244 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4245 | .B "select-cursor-end(\fIdestname\fP [, ...])" |
|---|
| 4246 | This action is similar to \fBselect-end\fP except that it should be used |
|---|
| 4247 | with \fBselect-cursor-start\fP. |
|---|
| 4248 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4249 | .B "select-cursor-extend()" |
|---|
| 4250 | This action is similar to \fBselect-extend\fP except that it should be used |
|---|
| 4251 | with \fBselect-cursor-start\fP. |
|---|
| 4252 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4253 | .B "select-cursor-start()" |
|---|
| 4254 | This action is similar to \fBselect-start\fP except that it begins the |
|---|
| 4255 | selection at the current text cursor position. |
|---|
| 4256 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4257 | .B "select-end(\fIdestname\fP [, ...])" |
|---|
| 4258 | This action puts the currently selected text into all of the selections or |
|---|
| 4259 | cutbuffers specified by \fIdestname\fP. |
|---|
| 4260 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4261 | .B "select-extend()" |
|---|
| 4262 | This action tracks the pointer and extends the selection. |
|---|
| 4263 | It should only be bound to Motion events. |
|---|
| 4264 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4265 | .B "select-set()" |
|---|
| 4266 | This action stores text that corresponds to the current selection, |
|---|
| 4267 | without affecting the selection mode. |
|---|
| 4268 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4269 | .B "select-start()" |
|---|
| 4270 | This action begins text selection at the current pointer location. |
|---|
| 4271 | See |
|---|
| 4272 | the section on \fBPOINTER USAGE\fP for information on making selections. |
|---|
| 4273 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4274 | .B "send-signal(\fIsigname\fP)" |
|---|
| 4275 | This action sends the signal named by \fIsigname\fP |
|---|
| 4276 | to the \fIxterm\fP subprocess (the shell or program specified with |
|---|
| 4277 | the \fI-e\fP command line option) and is also invoked by the |
|---|
| 4278 | .BR suspend , |
|---|
| 4279 | .BR continue , |
|---|
| 4280 | .BR interrupt , |
|---|
| 4281 | .BR hangup , |
|---|
| 4282 | .BR terminate , |
|---|
| 4283 | and |
|---|
| 4284 | .BR kill |
|---|
| 4285 | entries in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4286 | Allowable signal names are (case is |
|---|
| 4287 | not significant): |
|---|
| 4288 | \fItstp\fP (if supported by the operating system), \fIsuspend\fP (same |
|---|
| 4289 | as \fItstp\fP), \fIcont\fP |
|---|
| 4290 | (if supported by the operating system), \fIint\fP, \fIhup\fP, \fIterm\fP, |
|---|
| 4291 | \fIquit\fP, |
|---|
| 4292 | \fIalrm\fP, \fIalarm\fP (same as \fIalrm\fP) and \fIkill\fP. |
|---|
| 4293 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4294 | .B "set-allow132(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4295 | This action toggles the \fBc132\fP resource and is also invoked from the |
|---|
| 4296 | \fBallow132\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4297 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4298 | .B "set-altscreen(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4299 | This action toggles between the alternate and current screens. |
|---|
| 4300 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4301 | .B "set-appcursor(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4302 | This action toggles the handling Application Cursor Key mode |
|---|
| 4303 | and is also invoked by the \fBappcursor\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4304 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4305 | .B "set-appkeypad(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4306 | This action toggles the handling of Application Keypad mode and is also |
|---|
| 4307 | invoked by the \fBappkeypad\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4308 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4309 | .B "set-autolinefeed(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4310 | This action toggles automatic insertion of linefeeds and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4311 | the \fBautolinefeed\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4312 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4313 | .B "set-autowrap(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4314 | This action toggles automatic wrapping of long lines and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4315 | the \fBautowrap\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4316 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4317 | .B "set-backarrow(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4318 | This action toggles the \fBbackarrowKey\fP resource and is also invoked from the |
|---|
| 4319 | \fBbackarrow key\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4320 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4321 | .B "set-bellIsUrgent(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4322 | This action toggles the \fBbellIsUrgent\fP resource and is also invoked |
|---|
| 4323 | by the \fBbellIsUrgent\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4324 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4325 | .B "set-cursorblink(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4326 | This action toggles the \fBcursorBlink\fP resource and is also invoked from the |
|---|
| 4327 | \fBcursorblink\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4328 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4329 | .B "set-cursesemul(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4330 | This action toggles the \fBcurses\fP resource and is also invoked from the |
|---|
| 4331 | \fBcursesemul\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4332 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4333 | .B "set-font-doublesize(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4334 | This action toggles the \fBfontDoublesize\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4335 | the \fBfont-doublesize\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4336 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4337 | .B "set-hp-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4338 | This action toggles the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4339 | the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4340 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4341 | .B "set-jumpscroll(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4342 | This action toggles the \fBjumpscroll\fP resource and is also invoked by the |
|---|
| 4343 | \fBjumpscroll\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4344 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4345 | .B "set-font-linedrawing(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4346 | This action toggles the \fIxterm\fR's state regarding whether the current font |
|---|
| 4347 | has line-drawing characters and whether it should draw them directly. |
|---|
| 4348 | It is also invoked by the \fBfont-linedrawing\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4349 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4350 | .B "set-keep-selection(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4351 | This action toggles the \fBkeepSelection\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4352 | the \fBkeepSelection\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4353 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4354 | .B "set-logging()" |
|---|
| 4355 | This action toggles the state of the logging option. |
|---|
| 4356 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4357 | .B "set-old-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4358 | This action toggles the state of legacy function keys and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4359 | the \fBoldFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4360 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4361 | .B "set-marginbell(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4362 | This action toggles the \fBmarginBell\fP resource. |
|---|
| 4363 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4364 | .B "set-num-lock()" |
|---|
| 4365 | This action toggles the state of the \fBnumLock\fP resource. |
|---|
| 4366 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4367 | .B "set-pop-on-bell(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4368 | This action toggles the \fBpopOnBell\fP resource and is also invoked |
|---|
| 4369 | by the \fBpoponbell\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4370 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4371 | .B "set-render-font(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4372 | This action toggles the \fBrenderFont\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4373 | the \fBrender-font\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4374 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4375 | .B "set-reverse-video(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4376 | This action toggles the \fBreverseVideo\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4377 | the \fBreversevideo\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4378 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4379 | .B "set-reversewrap(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4380 | This action toggles the \fBreverseWrap\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4381 | the \fBreversewrap\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4382 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4383 | .B "set-scroll-on-key(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4384 | This action toggles the \fBscrollKey\fP resource and is also invoked from |
|---|
| 4385 | the \fBscrollkey\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4386 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4387 | .B "set-scroll-on-tty-output(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4388 | This action toggles the \fBscrollTtyOutput\fP resource and is also invoked |
|---|
| 4389 | from the \fBscrollttyoutput\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4390 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4391 | .B "set-scrollbar(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4392 | This action toggles the \fBscrollbar\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4393 | the \fBscrollbar\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4394 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4395 | .B "set-select(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4396 | This action toggles the \fBselectToClipboard\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4397 | the \fBselectToClipboard\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4398 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4399 | .B "set-sco-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4400 | This action toggles the \fBscoFunctionKeys\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4401 | the \fBscoFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4402 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4403 | .B "set-sun-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4404 | This action toggles the \fBsunFunctionKeys\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4405 | the \fBsunFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4406 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4407 | .B "set-sun-keyboard(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4408 | This action toggles the \fBsunKeyboard\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4409 | the \fBsunKeyboard\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4410 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4411 | .B "set-tek-text(\fIlarge/2/3/small\fP)" |
|---|
| 4412 | This action sets font used in the Tektronix window to the value of the |
|---|
| 4413 | resources \fBtektextlarge\fP, \fBtektext2\fP, \fBtektext3\fP, and |
|---|
| 4414 | \fBtektextsmall\fP according to the argument. |
|---|
| 4415 | It is also invoked by the entries |
|---|
| 4416 | of the same names as the resources in \fItekMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4417 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4418 | .B "set-terminal-type(\fItype\fP)" |
|---|
| 4419 | This action directs output to either the \fIvt\fP or \fItek\fP windows, |
|---|
| 4420 | according to the \fItype\fP string. |
|---|
| 4421 | It is also invoked by the |
|---|
| 4422 | \fBtekmode\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP and the \fBvtmode\fP entry in |
|---|
| 4423 | \fItekMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4424 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4425 | .B "set-titeInhibit(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4426 | This action toggles the \fBtiteInhibit\fP resource, |
|---|
| 4427 | which controls switching between the alternate and current screens. |
|---|
| 4428 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4429 | .B "set-toolbar(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4430 | This action toggles the toolbar feature and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4431 | the \fBtoolbar\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4432 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4433 | .B "set-utf8-mode(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4434 | This action toggles the \fButf8\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4435 | the \fButf8-mode\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4436 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4437 | .B "set-utf8-title(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4438 | This action toggles the \fButf8Title\fP resource and is also invoked by |
|---|
| 4439 | the \fButf8-title\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4440 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4441 | .B "set-visibility(\fIvt/tek\fP,\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4442 | This action controls whether or not the \fIvt\fP or \fItek\fP windows are |
|---|
| 4443 | visible. |
|---|
| 4444 | It is also invoked from the \fBtekshow\fP and \fBvthide\fP entries |
|---|
| 4445 | in \fIvtMenu\fP and the \fBvtshow\fP and \fBtekhide\fP entries in |
|---|
| 4446 | \fItekMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4447 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4448 | .B "set-visual-bell(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)" |
|---|
| 4449 | This action toggles the \fBvisualBell\fP resource and is also invoked |
|---|
| 4450 | by the \fBvisualbell\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4451 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4452 | .B "set-vt-font(\fId/1/2/3/4/5/6/e/s\fP [,\fInormalfont\fP [, \fIboldfont\fP]])" |
|---|
| 4453 | This action sets the font or fonts currently being used in the VT102 window. |
|---|
| 4454 | The first argument is a single character that specifies the font to be |
|---|
| 4455 | used: |
|---|
| 4456 | .RS 8 |
|---|
| 4457 | .HP |
|---|
| 4458 | \fId\fP or \fID\fP indicate the default font (the font initially |
|---|
| 4459 | used when |
|---|
| 4460 | \fIxterm\fP was started), |
|---|
| 4461 | .HP |
|---|
| 4462 | \fI1\fP through \fI6\fP indicate the fonts |
|---|
| 4463 | specified by the \fIfont1\fP through \fIfont6\fP resources, |
|---|
| 4464 | .HP |
|---|
| 4465 | \fIe\fP or \fIE\fP |
|---|
| 4466 | indicate the normal and bold fonts that have been set through escape codes |
|---|
| 4467 | (or specified as the second and third action arguments, respectively), and |
|---|
| 4468 | .HP |
|---|
| 4469 | \fIs\fP or \fIS\fP indicate the font selection (as made by programs such as |
|---|
| 4470 | \fIxfontsel(__mansuffix__)\fP) indicated by the second action argument. |
|---|
| 4471 | .RE |
|---|
| 4472 | .IP |
|---|
| 4473 | If \fIxterm\fR is configured to support wide characters, an |
|---|
| 4474 | additional two optional parameters are recognized for the \fIe\fP argument: |
|---|
| 4475 | wide font and wide bold font. |
|---|
| 4476 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4477 | .B "smaller-vt-font()" |
|---|
| 4478 | Set the font to the next smaller one, based on the font dimensions. |
|---|
| 4479 | See also \fBset-vt-font()\fP. |
|---|
| 4480 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4481 | .B "soft-reset()" |
|---|
| 4482 | This action resets the scrolling region and is also invoked from the |
|---|
| 4483 | \fBsoftreset\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4484 | The effect is identical to a soft reset (DECSTR) control sequence. |
|---|
| 4485 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4486 | .B "spawn-new-terminal(params)" |
|---|
| 4487 | Spawn a new \fIxterm\fP process. |
|---|
| 4488 | This is available on systems which have a modern version of the |
|---|
| 4489 | process filesystem, e.g., "/proc", which \fIxterm\fP can read. |
|---|
| 4490 | .IP |
|---|
| 4491 | Use the "cwd" process entry, e.g., /proc/12345/cwd to obtain the |
|---|
| 4492 | working directory of the process which is running in the current \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 4493 | .IP |
|---|
| 4494 | On systems which have the "exe" process entry, e.g., /proc/12345/exe, |
|---|
| 4495 | use this to obtain the actual executable. |
|---|
| 4496 | Otherwise, use the $PATH variable to find \fIxterm\fP. |
|---|
| 4497 | .IP |
|---|
| 4498 | If parameters are given in the action, |
|---|
| 4499 | pass them to the new \fIxterm\fP process. |
|---|
| 4500 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4501 | .B "start-extend()" |
|---|
| 4502 | This action is similar to \fBselect-start\fP except that the |
|---|
| 4503 | selection is extended to the current pointer location. |
|---|
| 4504 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4505 | .B "start-cursor-extend()" |
|---|
| 4506 | This action is similar to \fBselect-extend\fP except that the |
|---|
| 4507 | selection is extended to the current text cursor position. |
|---|
| 4508 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4509 | .B "string(\fIstring\fP)" |
|---|
| 4510 | This action inserts the specified text string as if it had been typed. |
|---|
| 4511 | Quotation is necessary if the string contains whitespace or |
|---|
| 4512 | non-alphanumeric characters. |
|---|
| 4513 | If the string argument begins with the |
|---|
| 4514 | characters ``0x'', it is interpreted |
|---|
| 4515 | as a hex character constant. |
|---|
| 4516 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4517 | .B "tek-copy()" |
|---|
| 4518 | This action copies the escape codes used to generate the current window |
|---|
| 4519 | contents to a file in the current directory beginning with the name COPY. |
|---|
| 4520 | It is also invoked from the \fItekcopy\fP entry in \fItekMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4521 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4522 | .B "tek-page()" |
|---|
| 4523 | This action clears the Tektronix window and is also invoked by the |
|---|
| 4524 | \fBtekpage\fP entry in \fItekMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4525 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4526 | .B "tek-reset()" |
|---|
| 4527 | This action resets the Tektronix window and is also invoked by the |
|---|
| 4528 | \fItekreset\fP entry in \fItekMenu\fP. |
|---|
| 4529 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4530 | .B "vi-button()" |
|---|
| 4531 | Handles a button event (other than press and release) |
|---|
| 4532 | by echoing a control sequence computed from the event's line number |
|---|
| 4533 | in the screen relative to the current line: |
|---|
| 4534 | .sp |
|---|
| 4535 | .in +8 |
|---|
| 4536 | ESC ^P |
|---|
| 4537 | .in -8 |
|---|
| 4538 | or |
|---|
| 4539 | .in +8 |
|---|
| 4540 | ESC ^N |
|---|
| 4541 | .in -8 |
|---|
| 4542 | .sp |
|---|
| 4543 | according to whether the event is before, or after the current line, |
|---|
| 4544 | respectively. |
|---|
| 4545 | The ^N (or ^P) is repeated once for each line that the event differs |
|---|
| 4546 | from the current line. |
|---|
| 4547 | The control sequence is omitted altogether if the button event is on the |
|---|
| 4548 | current line. |
|---|
| 4549 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4550 | .B "visual-bell()" |
|---|
| 4551 | This action flashes the window quickly. |
|---|
| 4552 | . |
|---|
| 4553 | .PP |
|---|
| 4554 | The Tektronix window also has the following action: |
|---|
| 4555 | .TP 8 |
|---|
| 4556 | .B "gin-press(\fIl/L/m/M/r/R\fP)" |
|---|
| 4557 | This action sends the indicated graphics input code. |
|---|
| 4558 | . |
|---|
| 4559 | .PP |
|---|
| 4560 | The default bindings in the VT102 window use the SELECT token, |
|---|
| 4561 | which is set by the \fBselectToClipboard\fP resource: |
|---|
| 4562 | .DS |
|---|
| 4563 | .ta 2.5i |
|---|
| 4564 | Shift <KeyPress> Prior:scroll-back(1,halfpage) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4565 | Shift <KeyPress> Next:scroll-forw(1,halfpage) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4566 | Shift <KeyPress> Select:select-cursor-start() \\\& |
|---|
| 4567 | select-cursor-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4568 | Shift <KeyPress> Insert:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4569 | <KeyPress> XF86Paste:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4570 | <KeyPress> SunPaste:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4571 | Shift~Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:larger-vt-font() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4572 | Shift Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:smaller-vt-font() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4573 | Shift <KeyPress> KP_Subtract:smaller-vt-font() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4574 | ~Meta <KeyPress>:insert-seven-bit() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4575 | Meta <KeyPress>:insert-eight-bit() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4576 | !Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4577 | !Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4578 | !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4579 | ! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4580 | ~Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4581 | ~Meta <Btn1Motion>:select-extend() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4582 | !Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4583 | !Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4584 | !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4585 | ! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4586 | ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Down>:ignore() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4587 | Meta <Btn2Down>:clear-saved-lines() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4588 | ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4589 | !Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4590 | !Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4591 | !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4592 | ! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4593 | ~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:start-extend() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4594 | ~Meta <Btn3Motion>:select-extend() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4595 | Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4596 | Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4597 | Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4598 | @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4599 | <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(5,line,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4600 | Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4601 | Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4602 | Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4603 | @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4604 | <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(5,line,m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4605 | <BtnUp>:select-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4606 | <BtnDown>:ignore() |
|---|
| 4607 | .DE |
|---|
| 4608 | .PP |
|---|
| 4609 | The default bindings for the scrollbar widget |
|---|
| 4610 | are separate from the VT100 widget: |
|---|
| 4611 | .DS |
|---|
| 4612 | .ta 2.5i |
|---|
| 4613 | <Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4614 | <Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4615 | <Btn2Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4616 | <Btn3Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4617 | <Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4618 | <Btn2Motion>: MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4619 | <BtnUp>: NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll() |
|---|
| 4620 | .DE |
|---|
| 4621 | .PP |
|---|
| 4622 | The default bindings in the Tektronix window are: |
|---|
| 4623 | .DS |
|---|
| 4624 | .ta 2.5i |
|---|
| 4625 | ~Meta<KeyPress>: insert-seven-bit() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4626 | Meta<KeyPress>: insert-eight-bit() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4627 | !Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4628 | !Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4629 | !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4630 | !Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4631 | !Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4632 | !Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4633 | !Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4634 | !Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4635 | Shift ~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(L) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4636 | ~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(l) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4637 | Shift ~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(M) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4638 | ~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(m) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4639 | Shift ~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(R) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4640 | ~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(r) |
|---|
| 4641 | .DE |
|---|
| 4642 | .PP |
|---|
| 4643 | Here is an example which uses shifted select/paste to copy to the clipboard, |
|---|
| 4644 | and unshifted select/paste for the primary selection. |
|---|
| 4645 | In each case, a (different) cut buffer is |
|---|
| 4646 | also a target or source of the select/paste operation. |
|---|
| 4647 | It is important to remember however, |
|---|
| 4648 | that cut buffers store data in ISO-8859-1 encoding, |
|---|
| 4649 | while selections can store data in a variety of formats and encodings. |
|---|
| 4650 | While \fIxterm\fP owns the selection, it highlights it. |
|---|
| 4651 | When it loses the selection, it removes the corresponding highlight. |
|---|
| 4652 | But you can still paste from the corresponding cut buffer. |
|---|
| 4653 | .DS |
|---|
| 4654 | .ta .5i 1.5i |
|---|
| 4655 | *VT100*translations: #override \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4656 | ~Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4657 | Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4658 | ~Shift<BtnUp>: select-end(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4659 | Shift<BtnUp>: select-end(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1) |
|---|
| 4660 | .DE |
|---|
| 4661 | .PP |
|---|
| 4662 | Below is a sample how of the \fBkeymap()\fP action is used to add special |
|---|
| 4663 | keys for entering commonly-typed works: |
|---|
| 4664 | .DS |
|---|
| 4665 | .ta .5i 1.5i |
|---|
| 4666 | *VT100.Translations: #override <Key>F13: keymap(dbx) |
|---|
| 4667 | *VT100.dbxKeymap.translations: \\\& |
|---|
| 4668 | <Key>F14: keymap(None) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4669 | <Key>F17: string("next") string(0x0d) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4670 | <Key>F18: string("step") string(0x0d) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4671 | <Key>F19: string("continue") string(0x0d) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4672 | <Key>F20: string("print ") insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) |
|---|
| 4673 | .DE |
|---|
| 4674 | .PP |
|---|
| 4675 | Some people prefer using the left pointer button |
|---|
| 4676 | for dragging the scrollbar thumb. |
|---|
| 4677 | That can be setup by altering the translations resource, e.g., |
|---|
| 4678 | .DS |
|---|
| 4679 | .ta .5i 1.5i |
|---|
| 4680 | *VT100.scrollbar.translations: #override \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4681 | <Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4682 | <Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4683 | <Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4684 | <Btn1Motion>: MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\& |
|---|
| 4685 | <BtnUp>: NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll() |
|---|
| 4686 | .DE |
|---|
| 4687 | .SH "CONTROL SEQUENCES AND KEYBOARD" |
|---|
| 4688 | The \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP document lists the control sequences which |
|---|
| 4689 | an application can send \fIxterm\fP to make it perform various operations. |
|---|
| 4690 | Most of these operations are standardized, from either the DEC or Tektronix |
|---|
| 4691 | terminals, or from more widely used standards such as ISO-6429. |
|---|
| 4692 | . |
|---|
| 4693 | . |
|---|
| 4694 | .SH ENVIRONMENT |
|---|
| 4695 | .I Xterm |
|---|
| 4696 | sets several environment variables: |
|---|
| 4697 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4698 | DISPLAY |
|---|
| 4699 | is the display name, |
|---|
| 4700 | pointing to the X server (see \fBDISPLAY NAMES\fP in X(__miscmansuffix__)). |
|---|
| 4701 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4702 | TERM |
|---|
| 4703 | is set according to the termcap (or terminfo) entry which it is using as |
|---|
| 4704 | a reference. |
|---|
| 4705 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4706 | WINDOWID |
|---|
| 4707 | is set to the X window id number of the \fIxterm\fP window. |
|---|
| 4708 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4709 | XTERM_LOCALE |
|---|
| 4710 | shows the locale which was used by \fIxterm\fP on startup. |
|---|
| 4711 | Some shell initialization scripts may set a different locale. |
|---|
| 4712 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4713 | XTERM_SHELL |
|---|
| 4714 | is set to the pathname of the program which is invoked. |
|---|
| 4715 | Usually that is a shell program, e.g., \fB/bin/sh\fP. |
|---|
| 4716 | Since it is not necessarily a shell program however, |
|---|
| 4717 | it is distinct from ``SHELL''. |
|---|
| 4718 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4719 | XTERM_VERSION |
|---|
| 4720 | is set to the string displayed by the \fB-version\fP option. |
|---|
| 4721 | That is normally an identifier for the X Window libraries used to |
|---|
| 4722 | build \fIxterm\fP, followed by |
|---|
| 4723 | \fIxterm\fP's patch number in parenthesis. |
|---|
| 4724 | The patch number is also part of the response to a Secondary Device Attributes |
|---|
| 4725 | (DA) control sequence (see \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP). |
|---|
| 4726 | . |
|---|
| 4727 | .PP |
|---|
| 4728 | Depending on your system configuration, \fIxterm\fP may also set the |
|---|
| 4729 | following: |
|---|
| 4730 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4731 | COLUMNS |
|---|
| 4732 | the width of the \fIxterm\fP in characters (cf: "stty columns"). |
|---|
| 4733 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4734 | HOME |
|---|
| 4735 | when \fIxterm\fP is configured to update utmp. |
|---|
| 4736 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4737 | LINES |
|---|
| 4738 | the height of the \fIxterm\fP in characters (cf: "stty rows"). |
|---|
| 4739 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4740 | LOGNAME |
|---|
| 4741 | when \fIxterm\fP is configured to update utmp. |
|---|
| 4742 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4743 | SHELL |
|---|
| 4744 | when \fIxterm\fP is configured to update utmp. |
|---|
| 4745 | It is also set if you provide the shell name as the optional parameter. |
|---|
| 4746 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4747 | TERMCAP |
|---|
| 4748 | the contents of the termcap entry corresponding to $TERM, |
|---|
| 4749 | with lines and columns values substituted |
|---|
| 4750 | for the actual size window you have created. |
|---|
| 4751 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4752 | TERMINFO |
|---|
| 4753 | may be defined to a nonstandard location in the configure script. |
|---|
| 4754 | .\" |
|---|
| 4755 | . |
|---|
| 4756 | . |
|---|
| 4757 | .SH FILES |
|---|
| 4758 | The actual pathnames given may differ on your system. |
|---|
| 4759 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4760 | \fI/etc/utmp\fP |
|---|
| 4761 | the system logfile, which records user logins. |
|---|
| 4762 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4763 | \fI/etc/wtmp\fP |
|---|
| 4764 | the system logfile, which records user logins and logouts. |
|---|
| 4765 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4766 | .I __apploaddir__/XTerm |
|---|
| 4767 | the \fIxterm\fP default application resources. |
|---|
| 4768 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4769 | .I __apploaddir__/XTerm-color |
|---|
| 4770 | the \fIxterm\fP color application resources. |
|---|
| 4771 | If your display supports color, use this |
|---|
| 4772 | .in +10 |
|---|
| 4773 | *customization: -color |
|---|
| 4774 | .in -10 |
|---|
| 4775 | in your .Xdefaults file to |
|---|
| 4776 | automatically use this resource file rather than |
|---|
| 4777 | .IR __apploaddir__/XTerm . |
|---|
| 4778 | If you do not do this, |
|---|
| 4779 | \fIxterm\fP uses its compiled-in default resource settings for colors. |
|---|
| 4780 | . |
|---|
| 4781 | . |
|---|
| 4782 | .SH ERROR MESSAGES |
|---|
| 4783 | Most of the fatal error messages from \fIxterm\fP use the following format: |
|---|
| 4784 | .RS |
|---|
| 4785 | xterm: Error \fIXXX\fP, errno \fIYYY\fP: \fIZZZ\fP |
|---|
| 4786 | .RE |
|---|
| 4787 | The \fIXXX\fP codes (which are used by \fIxterm\fP as its exit-code) |
|---|
| 4788 | are listed below, with a brief explanation. |
|---|
| 4789 | .TP 5 |
|---|
| 4790 | 1 |
|---|
| 4791 | is used for miscellaneous errors, usually accompanied by a specific message, |
|---|
| 4792 | .TP |
|---|
| 4793 | 11 |
|---|
| 4794 | ERROR_FIONBIO |
|---|
| 4795 | .br |
|---|
| 4796 | main: ioctl() failed on FIONBIO |
|---|
| 4797 | .TP |
|---|
| 4798 | 12 |
|---|
| 4799 | ERROR_F_GETFL |
|---|
| 4800 | .br |
|---|
| 4801 | main: ioctl() failed on F_GETFL |
|---|
| 4802 | .TP |
|---|
| 4803 | 13 |
|---|
| 4804 | ERROR_F_SETFL |
|---|
| 4805 | .br |
|---|
| 4806 | main: ioctl() failed on F_SETFL |
|---|
| 4807 | .TP |
|---|
| 4808 | 14 |
|---|
| 4809 | ERROR_OPDEVTTY |
|---|
| 4810 | .br |
|---|
| 4811 | spawn: open() failed on /dev/tty |
|---|
| 4812 | .TP |
|---|
| 4813 | 15 |
|---|
| 4814 | ERROR_TIOCGETP |
|---|
| 4815 | .br |
|---|
| 4816 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCGETP |
|---|
| 4817 | .TP |
|---|
| 4818 | 17 |
|---|
| 4819 | ERROR_PTSNAME |
|---|
| 4820 | .br |
|---|
| 4821 | spawn: ptsname() failed |
|---|
| 4822 | .TP |
|---|
| 4823 | 18 |
|---|
| 4824 | ERROR_OPPTSNAME |
|---|
| 4825 | .br |
|---|
| 4826 | spawn: open() failed on ptsname |
|---|
| 4827 | .TP |
|---|
| 4828 | 19 |
|---|
| 4829 | ERROR_PTEM |
|---|
| 4830 | .br |
|---|
| 4831 | spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ptem" |
|---|
| 4832 | .TP |
|---|
| 4833 | 20 |
|---|
| 4834 | ERROR_CONSEM |
|---|
| 4835 | .br |
|---|
| 4836 | spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"consem" |
|---|
| 4837 | .TP |
|---|
| 4838 | 21 |
|---|
| 4839 | ERROR_LDTERM |
|---|
| 4840 | .br |
|---|
| 4841 | spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ldterm" |
|---|
| 4842 | .TP |
|---|
| 4843 | 22 |
|---|
| 4844 | ERROR_TTCOMPAT |
|---|
| 4845 | .br |
|---|
| 4846 | spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ttcompat" |
|---|
| 4847 | .TP |
|---|
| 4848 | 23 |
|---|
| 4849 | ERROR_TIOCSETP |
|---|
| 4850 | .br |
|---|
| 4851 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETP |
|---|
| 4852 | .TP |
|---|
| 4853 | 24 |
|---|
| 4854 | ERROR_TIOCSETC |
|---|
| 4855 | .br |
|---|
| 4856 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETC |
|---|
| 4857 | .TP |
|---|
| 4858 | 25 |
|---|
| 4859 | ERROR_TIOCSETD |
|---|
| 4860 | .br |
|---|
| 4861 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETD |
|---|
| 4862 | .TP |
|---|
| 4863 | 26 |
|---|
| 4864 | ERROR_TIOCSLTC |
|---|
| 4865 | .br |
|---|
| 4866 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSLTC |
|---|
| 4867 | .TP |
|---|
| 4868 | 27 |
|---|
| 4869 | ERROR_TIOCLSET |
|---|
| 4870 | .br |
|---|
| 4871 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCLSET |
|---|
| 4872 | .TP |
|---|
| 4873 | 28 |
|---|
| 4874 | ERROR_INIGROUPS |
|---|
| 4875 | .br |
|---|
| 4876 | spawn: initgroups() failed |
|---|
| 4877 | .TP |
|---|
| 4878 | 29 |
|---|
| 4879 | ERROR_FORK |
|---|
| 4880 | .br |
|---|
| 4881 | spawn: fork() failed |
|---|
| 4882 | .TP |
|---|
| 4883 | 30 |
|---|
| 4884 | ERROR_EXEC |
|---|
| 4885 | .br |
|---|
| 4886 | spawn: exec() failed |
|---|
| 4887 | .TP |
|---|
| 4888 | 32 |
|---|
| 4889 | ERROR_PTYS |
|---|
| 4890 | .br |
|---|
| 4891 | get_pty: not enough ptys |
|---|
| 4892 | .TP |
|---|
| 4893 | 34 |
|---|
| 4894 | ERROR_PTY_EXEC |
|---|
| 4895 | .br |
|---|
| 4896 | waiting for initial map |
|---|
| 4897 | .TP |
|---|
| 4898 | 35 |
|---|
| 4899 | ERROR_SETUID |
|---|
| 4900 | .br |
|---|
| 4901 | spawn: setuid() failed |
|---|
| 4902 | .TP |
|---|
| 4903 | 36 |
|---|
| 4904 | ERROR_INIT |
|---|
| 4905 | .br |
|---|
| 4906 | spawn: can't initialize window |
|---|
| 4907 | .TP |
|---|
| 4908 | 46 |
|---|
| 4909 | ERROR_TIOCKSET |
|---|
| 4910 | .br |
|---|
| 4911 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSET |
|---|
| 4912 | .TP |
|---|
| 4913 | 47 |
|---|
| 4914 | ERROR_TIOCKSETC |
|---|
| 4915 | .br |
|---|
| 4916 | spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSETC |
|---|
| 4917 | .TP |
|---|
| 4918 | 48 |
|---|
| 4919 | ERROR_SPREALLOC |
|---|
| 4920 | .br |
|---|
| 4921 | spawn: realloc of ttydev failed |
|---|
| 4922 | .TP |
|---|
| 4923 | 49 |
|---|
| 4924 | ERROR_LUMALLOC |
|---|
| 4925 | .br |
|---|
| 4926 | luit: command-line malloc failed |
|---|
| 4927 | .TP |
|---|
| 4928 | 50 |
|---|
| 4929 | ERROR_SELECT |
|---|
| 4930 | .br |
|---|
| 4931 | in_put: select() failed |
|---|
| 4932 | .TP |
|---|
| 4933 | 54 |
|---|
| 4934 | ERROR_VINIT |
|---|
| 4935 | .br |
|---|
| 4936 | VTInit: can't initialize window |
|---|
| 4937 | .TP |
|---|
| 4938 | 57 |
|---|
| 4939 | ERROR_KMMALLOC1 |
|---|
| 4940 | .br |
|---|
| 4941 | HandleKeymapChange: malloc failed |
|---|
| 4942 | .TP |
|---|
| 4943 | 60 |
|---|
| 4944 | ERROR_TSELECT |
|---|
| 4945 | .br |
|---|
| 4946 | Tinput: select() failed |
|---|
| 4947 | .TP |
|---|
| 4948 | 64 |
|---|
| 4949 | ERROR_TINIT |
|---|
| 4950 | .br |
|---|
| 4951 | TekInit: can't initialize window |
|---|
| 4952 | .TP |
|---|
| 4953 | 71 |
|---|
| 4954 | ERROR_BMALLOC2 |
|---|
| 4955 | .br |
|---|
| 4956 | SaltTextAway: malloc() failed |
|---|
| 4957 | .TP |
|---|
| 4958 | 80 |
|---|
| 4959 | ERROR_LOGEXEC |
|---|
| 4960 | .br |
|---|
| 4961 | StartLog: exec() failed |
|---|
| 4962 | .TP |
|---|
| 4963 | 83 |
|---|
| 4964 | ERROR_XERROR |
|---|
| 4965 | .br |
|---|
| 4966 | xerror: XError event |
|---|
| 4967 | .TP |
|---|
| 4968 | 84 |
|---|
| 4969 | ERROR_XIOERROR |
|---|
| 4970 | .br |
|---|
| 4971 | xioerror: X I/O error |
|---|
| 4972 | .TP |
|---|
| 4973 | 90 |
|---|
| 4974 | ERROR_SCALLOC |
|---|
| 4975 | .br |
|---|
| 4976 | Alloc: calloc() failed on base |
|---|
| 4977 | .TP |
|---|
| 4978 | 91 |
|---|
| 4979 | ERROR_SCALLOC2 |
|---|
| 4980 | .br |
|---|
| 4981 | Alloc: calloc() failed on rows |
|---|
| 4982 | .TP |
|---|
| 4983 | 92 |
|---|
| 4984 | ERROR_SREALLOC |
|---|
| 4985 | .br |
|---|
| 4986 | ScreenResize: realloc() failed on alt base |
|---|
| 4987 | .TP |
|---|
| 4988 | 96 |
|---|
| 4989 | ERROR_RESIZE |
|---|
| 4990 | .br |
|---|
| 4991 | ScreenResize: malloc() or realloc() failed |
|---|
| 4992 | .TP |
|---|
| 4993 | 102 |
|---|
| 4994 | ERROR_SAVE_PTR |
|---|
| 4995 | .br |
|---|
| 4996 | ScrnPointers: malloc/realloc() failed |
|---|
| 4997 | .TP |
|---|
| 4998 | 110 |
|---|
| 4999 | ERROR_SBRALLOC |
|---|
| 5000 | .br |
|---|
| 5001 | ScrollBarOn: realloc() failed on base |
|---|
| 5002 | .TP |
|---|
| 5003 | 111 |
|---|
| 5004 | ERROR_SBRALLOC2 |
|---|
| 5005 | .br |
|---|
| 5006 | ScrollBarOn: realloc() failed on rows |
|---|
| 5007 | .TP |
|---|
| 5008 | 121 |
|---|
| 5009 | ERROR_MMALLOC |
|---|
| 5010 | .br |
|---|
| 5011 | my_memmove: malloc/realloc failed |
|---|
| 5012 | . |
|---|
| 5013 | . |
|---|
| 5014 | .SH BUGS |
|---|
| 5015 | . |
|---|
| 5016 | .PP |
|---|
| 5017 | Large pastes do not work on some systems. |
|---|
| 5018 | This is not a bug in |
|---|
| 5019 | \fIxterm\fP; it is a bug in the pseudo terminal driver of those |
|---|
| 5020 | systems. |
|---|
| 5021 | \fIxterm\fP feeds large pastes to the pty only as fast as the pty |
|---|
| 5022 | will accept data, but some pty drivers do not return enough information |
|---|
| 5023 | to know if the write has succeeded. |
|---|
| 5024 | . |
|---|
| 5025 | .PP |
|---|
| 5026 | Many of the options are not resettable after |
|---|
| 5027 | .I xterm |
|---|
| 5028 | starts. |
|---|
| 5029 | . |
|---|
| 5030 | .PP |
|---|
| 5031 | This program still needs to be rewritten. |
|---|
| 5032 | It should be split into very |
|---|
| 5033 | modular sections, with the various emulators being completely separate |
|---|
| 5034 | widgets that do not know about each other. |
|---|
| 5035 | Ideally, you'd like to be able to |
|---|
| 5036 | pick and choose emulator widgets and stick them into a single control widget. |
|---|
| 5037 | . |
|---|
| 5038 | .PP |
|---|
| 5039 | There needs to be a dialog box to allow entry of the Tek COPY file name. |
|---|
| 5040 | . |
|---|
| 5041 | . |
|---|
| 5042 | .SH "SEE ALSO" |
|---|
| 5043 | resize(__mansuffix__), luit(__mansuffix__), X(__miscmansuffix__), pty(4), tty(4) |
|---|
| 5044 | .br |
|---|
| 5045 | \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP |
|---|
| 5046 | (this is the file ctlseqs.ms). |
|---|
| 5047 | .sp |
|---|
| 5048 | http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html |
|---|
| 5049 | .br |
|---|
| 5050 | http://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html |
|---|
| 5051 | . |
|---|
| 5052 | . |
|---|
| 5053 | .SH AUTHORS |
|---|
| 5054 | Far too many people, including: |
|---|
| 5055 | .sp |
|---|
| 5056 | Loretta Guarino Reid (DEC-UEG-WSL), |
|---|
| 5057 | Joel McCormack (DEC-UEG-WSL), Terry Weissman (DEC-UEG-WSL), |
|---|
| 5058 | Edward Moy (Berkeley), Ralph R. Swick (MIT-Athena), |
|---|
| 5059 | Mark Vandevoorde (MIT-Athena), Bob McNamara (DEC-MAD), |
|---|
| 5060 | Jim Gettys (MIT-Athena), Bob Scheifler (MIT X Consortium), Doug Mink (SAO), |
|---|
| 5061 | Steve Pitschke (Stellar), Ron Newman (MIT-Athena), Jim Fulton (MIT X |
|---|
| 5062 | Consortium), Dave Serisky (HP), Jonathan Kamens (MIT-Athena), |
|---|
| 5063 | Jason Bacon, |
|---|
| 5064 | Stephen P. Wall, |
|---|
| 5065 | David Wexelblat, and |
|---|
| 5066 | Thomas Dickey (invisible-island.net). |
|---|